3900 Series Base Station Cables(V100R009C00_04)(PDF)-En

3900 Series Base Station V100R009C00

Cables Issue

04

Date

2015-08-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:

Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

About This Document

Overview This document provides information about cables used in cabinets for 3900 series base stations, which includes the cable list and descriptions of cable connections and each cable. For information about cables for RRUs and AAUs, see the corresponding hardware description. The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The actual exteriors may be different. NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, LTE refers to either LTE FDD or LTE TDD, and eNodeB refers to either an LTE FDD eNodeB or an LTE TDD eNodeB in this document. The "L" and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE FDD and LTE TDD, respectively. For details about the LampSite solution, see LampSite Hardware Description.

Product Version The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Product Name

Solution Version

Product Version

BTS3900

l SRAN9.0

V100R009C00

BTS3900A BTS3900L

l GBSS16.0 l RAN16.0 l eRAN7.0

BTS3900AL DBS3900

l SRAN9.0 l GBSS16.0 l RAN16.0 l eRAN7.0 l eRAN TDD 7.0

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


ii


About This Document

Product Name

Solution Version

BTS3900C

l SRAN9.0

Product Version

l RAN16.0

Intended Audience This document is intended for: l

System engineer

l

Base station installation personnel

l

Site maintenance personnel

Organization 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables. 2 Cable List This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and BTS3900C base stations. 3 Cable Connections This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections. 4 PGND Cable PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station 5 Equipotential Cable Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations. 6 Power Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 7 Transmission Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a cabinet. 8 Signal Cables Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


iii


About This Document

This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 9 CPRI Cables This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. 10 RF Cables This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.

Conventions Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol

Description Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance deterioration, or unanticipated results. NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal injury. Calls attention to important information, best practices and tips. NOTE is used to address information not related to personal injury, equipment damage, and environment deterioration.

General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Convention

Description

Times New Roman

Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface

Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic

Book titles are in italics. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv


About This Document

Convention

Description

Courier New

Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.

Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic

Command arguments are in italics.

[]

Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... }

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ]

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }*

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

>

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Format

Description

Key

Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v


About This Document

Format

Description

Key 1+Key 2

Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2

Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Action

Description

Click

Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.

Double-click

Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag

Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.


vi


Contents

Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables............................................................................1 2 Cable List.........................................................................................................................................7 2.1 BTS3900 Cable List.......................................................................................................................................................8 2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List.......................................................................................................................................8 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................15 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................22 2.2 BTS3900L Cable List...................................................................................................................................................32 2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List...................................................................................................................................32 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List...................................................................................................................................39 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................47 2.3 BTS3900A Cable List..................................................................................................................................................55 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List..................................................................................................................................55 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List..................................................................................................................................66 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................78 2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List..................................................................................................................................91 2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List..........................................................................................................................104 2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List..........................................................................................................................109 2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List..............................................................................................................................................115 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List.............................................................................................................................115 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists.................................................................................................................................................129 2.6 BTS3900C Cable List.................................................................................................................................................133 2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List.............................................................................................................................133 2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................140

3 Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................148 3.1 Power Cable Connections...........................................................................................................................................149 3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................149 3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................160 3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................................165 3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................203 3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900.............................................................................................................209 Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


vii


Contents

3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A..............................................................260 3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................263 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections...............................................................................................................................267 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station..........................................................................267 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission......................................278 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission.............................294 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station.........................................................................303 3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station..................................................................307 3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................308 3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................309 3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................................321 3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................327 3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections...............................................................................................360 3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900..........................................................................................368 3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A...........................................................406 3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................408 3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections.........................................................................................................................412 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................415 3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations.....................................................................................................415 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station...............................................................................................420 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations...................................................................423 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations.................................................................................426 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations..................................................................................433 3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations..................................................................................440 3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in Triple-Mode Base Stations.........................................................................................446 3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station...............................................................................460 3.6 RF Cable Connections................................................................................................................................................463 3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description...........................................................................................................................464 3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU......................................................................................................................466 3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU......................................................................................................................467 3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU.....................................................................................................................468 3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa...................................................................................................................469 3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd...................................................................................................................470 3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe...................................................................................................................471 3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU......................................................................................................................472 3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe....................................................................................................................473 3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU...................................................................................................................474 3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd.................................................................................................................475 3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe.................................................................................................................476 3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd..................................................................................................................477 3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe..................................................................................................................478 Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


viii


Contents

3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................479

4 PGND Cable...............................................................................................................................482 5 Equipotential Cable.................................................................................................................. 486 6 Power Cables..............................................................................................................................489 6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices...................................................................................................................490 6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables...............................................................................................................................................490 6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables..................................................................................................................................509 6.1.3 PDU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................531 6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices......................................................................................................536 6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................551 6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable.............................................................................................................................................551 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable................................................................................................................................................552 6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable................................................................................................................................................553 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................554 6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................555 6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................556 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................556 6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................557 6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies...........................................................................................................................557 6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................567 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................568 6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater................................................................................................................................569 6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film..............................................................................................................................571 6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System................................................................................................572 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................573 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D........................................................................................................................573 6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D........................................................................................................................576 6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T.....................................................................................................................577 6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T....................................................................................................................580 6.3.12 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door...........................................................................................581 6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................582 6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable...............................................................................................................................582 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................584 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................587 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................589 6.4.5 SOU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................592 6.4.6 SPD Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................592 6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box........................................................................................................593 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable................................................................................................................................................594 6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable...........................................................................................................................................597 Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


ix


Contents

7 Transmission Cables.................................................................................................................598 7.1 E1/T1 Cable................................................................................................................................................................600 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable......................................................................................................................603 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable...........................................................................................................................................604 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................605 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports................................................................................................605 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................606 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable....................................................................................................................607

8 Signal Cables..............................................................................................................................609 8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices...............................................................................................................................610 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable......................................................................................................................610 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................611 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................611 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................612 8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................613 8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................614 8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A.................................................................................................615 8.1.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B..........................................................................................................616 8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................616 8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable.................................................................................................617 8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D...........................................................618 8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................620 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................................620 8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................621 8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................621 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs........................................................................................................622 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.......................................................................................................................623 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs............................................................................................624 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs............................................................................................625 8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs............................................................................................626 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.........................................................................................627 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.................................................................................628 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.........................................................................................629 8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................630 8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................631 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................632 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................633 8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG...............................................................................................................634 8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs..........................................................................................636 8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................637 8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................638 Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


x


Contents

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs...........................................................................................639 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................640 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................641 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................642 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................643 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.....................................................................................................644 8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable.................................................................................................................................................645 8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................646 8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies................................................................................646 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................648 8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................649 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs................................................................................................649 8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................650 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units................................................................................651 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units................................................................................652 8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly............................................................................................653 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors...............................................................................................653 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................655 8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors..................................................................................657 8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger.................................................................................................659 8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2.........................................................................................................660 8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................661 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.................................................................................................661 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable....................................................................................................................................................666 8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor....................................................668 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................669 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................................670 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module..............................................................................671 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box............................................................................................672 8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box..........................................................................................672 8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable.................................................................................................................................673 8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable.................................................................................................................................674 8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable........................................................................................................................................675 8.4.12 GPS Jumper...........................................................................................................................................................675 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables......................................................................................................................676 8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations......................................................................................................678 8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance....................................................................................................................680 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................................681 8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................682 8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................682 8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................683 Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


xi


Contents

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................684 8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................685 8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................686 8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................................687 8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable..............................................................................................................688

9 CPRI Cables................................................................................................................................689 9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable.................................................................................................................................................690 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable..............................................................................................................................................690

10 RF Cables...................................................................................................................................696 10.1 RF Jumpers...............................................................................................................................................................697 10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable......................................................................................................................................698

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


xii


1

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.

04 (2015-08-30) This is the fourth commercial release. Compared with the issue 03 (2015-01-30), this issue includes the following new topics: l

2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List

l

BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections

l

BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

l

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

l

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

l

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

l

Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

l

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable

l


l

8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable

l

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

l

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

l

FAN 01D Power Cable

l

FAN 02E Power Cable

l

8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

Compared with issue 03 (2015-01-30), this issue includes the following changes.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


1



Topic

Change Description

l 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station

Added scenarios in which the GSM mode supports GTMUc boards.

l 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using CoTransmission l 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission l 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

Added Ver.E cabinet-related information.

l 4 PGND Cable l 5 Equipotential Cable l 6 Power Cables and its child topics

Compared with the issue 03 (2015-01-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

03 (2015-01-30) This is the third commercial release. Compared with Issue 02 (2014-08-30), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any topics. Compared with Issue 02 (2014-08-30), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03

Added power cable connections and monitoring signal cable connections for an IBBS20D configured with an OMB (Ver.C).

Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03

02 (2014-08-30) Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-30), this issue includes the following new topics: l

Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/ IBBS300Ts

l

6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

l

6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

l

6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


2


l


8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-30), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List

Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

l BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections l BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List l BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections l BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists l Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) l Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) l Power Cable for an AC Junction Box l 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

Added cable lists, power cable connections, and monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

Added information about cables used in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

l HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable l 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors l 4 PGND Cable l 5 Equipotential Cable

Added information about cables used in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

l Storage Battery Power Cable l 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

01 (2014-04-30) This is the first commercial release. Compared with Draft C (2014-03-26), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any topics. Compared with Draft C (2014-03-26), this issue includes the following changes. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


3



Topic

Change Description

3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station

Added descriptions of transmission cable connections when the BBU3910 is configured with a GTMUb.

3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using CoTransmission 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission 3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations

Added descriptions of CPRI cable connections when the BBU3910 is configured with a GTMUb.

3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations 3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in TripleMode Base Stations

Draft C (2014-03-26) This is a draft. Compared with Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue includes the following new topics: l

Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

l

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

l

6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable

l

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable

Compared with Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

DCDU-12C Power Cables

Added descriptions of the IBC10.

4 PGND Cable 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

Compared with Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue does not exclude any topics.

Draft B (2014-02-28) This is a draft. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


4



Compared with Draft A (2014-01-20), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any topics. Compared with Draft A (2014-01-20), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

About This Document

Added descriptions of the LampSite solution.

Draft A (2014-01-20) This is a draft. Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSMBTS V100R015C00, and eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue includes the following new topics: l

2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

l

Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

l

6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable

l

8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable

Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSMBTS V100R015C00, and eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

l 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections and its child topics

Added descriptions of cable connections when a BBU3910 is configured.

l 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections and its child topics l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List

Added descriptions of the EMUB power cable and EMUB monitoring signal cable.

l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List l 6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable l 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable All sections

Changed the names of all EPC6 connectors into EPC4 connectors.

l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List

Added descriptions of cables in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that uses an IMS06.

l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


5



Topic

Change Description

l BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

Added descriptions of cable connections in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that uses an IMS06.

l BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections l BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List l 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List

Deleted descriptions of the DCDU-12B power cable.

DCDU-11B Power Cable

Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-11B is installed in a cabinet.


Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-12B is installed on a wall.

Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSMBTS V100R015C00, and eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue excludes the following topics: l

BusBar power cable

l

EPU03A-20 power cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


6


2 Cable List

2

Cable List

About This Chapter This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and BTS3900C base stations. 2.1 BTS3900 Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets. 2.2 BTS3900L Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets. 2.3 BTS3900A Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets. 2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables. 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU cable list, and RRU cable list. 2.6 BTS3900C Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of cabinets.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


7


2 Cable List

2.1 BTS3900 Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.

2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-1 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector


PGND cable for the cabinet

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal

External ground bar

5 Equipotenti al Cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable

PGND cable for a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


8


2 Cable List

Table 2-2 Power cables Category


Cable

DCDU-01 Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

EPS24S481 00DC Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPS24S481 00DC subrack



EPS4890 Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPS4890 subrack



6.4.4 RRU Power Cables

OT terminal

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

Parallel terminal

SPARE1 or SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01


9


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B



l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B Cables installed before delivery

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01

FAN Power Cables

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN

Parallel terminal

FAN port on the DCDU-01

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

BBU port on the DCDU-01

DCDU-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-01

OT terminal

RTN(+) and LOAD(-) terminals on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-01

OT terminal

LOAD1(-) or LOAD2(-) and RTN(+) terminals on the EPS4890 subrack

For the BTS3900 +24V DC cabinet DCDU-01 Power Cable For the BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


10


2 Cable List

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables. Table 2-3 Transmission cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

Routing device

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

Routing device

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector


LC connector



11


2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Table 2-4 Signal cables Category


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or MON0 port on the UEIU

FMUCGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level FAN

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USB(1) port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable


12


Category


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 01B

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU

8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24 S48D) InPosition Signal Cable

Cord end terminal

ALM terminal on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU

8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24 S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

PRESENT port on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM1 port on the UPEU

8.2.22 FMUCBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN

RJ45 connector


8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level FAN

RJ45 connector


8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN communicat es with the BBU directly.

ELU


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN.

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN

13


2 Cable List

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

CPRI Electrical Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables. Table 2-5 CPRI electrical cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, UBRI, WBBP, or LBBP


CPRI port on an RFU


9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable


If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


14


2 Cable List

Table 2-6 RF cables Category


Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/ RXA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)


10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUTA port on an RFU


RX INB port on another RFU

2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-7 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal


OT terminal

External ground bar


15


Category


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal


OT terminal



OT terminal


OT terminal


Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-8 Power cables Category


Cable

DCDU-11A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU





l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU ETP48150A3 Power Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack


16


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)




GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector



LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-11A


OT terminal





Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU


One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A

FAN 03B Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03B


LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A


3V3 connector





17


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

ETP48150A3 Power Cable

One End Connector


Connector


OT terminal

RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-11A

OT terminal

RTN(+) power output terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

OT terminal

NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-11A

OT terminal

NEG(-) power output terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

(Black)

ETP48150A3 Power Cable

The Other End

(Blue)



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector





RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector



18


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables. Table 2-10 Signal cables Category


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



19


Category

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



SMA male connector



GPS surge protector







RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU

FMUEGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lowerlevel FAN 03B

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03B

RJ45 connector



USB connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU directly.



NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03B.

Network connector

Network cable

20


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the left side of the PMU 01B

RJ45 connector


8.2.23 FMUEBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03B

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

NOTE If no BBU is installed in the cabinet, bind the cable on the right side of the cabinet.

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03B

NOTE




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, or LBBP


CPRI port on an RFU


21


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


The Other End Installatio n Position

Connector



RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-12 RF cables Category


Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


22


2 Cable List

Table 2-13 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category


Cable

4 PGND Cable

One End Connector


Connector


OT terminal


OT terminal

External ground bar

OT terminal


OT terminal


OT terminal


OT terminal


For the cabinet 5 Equipotenti al Cable Between the cabinets


4 PGND Cable For a module

The Other End

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


23


2 Cable List

Table 2-14 Power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900 Category


Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the RFC2 terminal for the EPU05A -02 subrack

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

EPU05A-02 Power Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

OT terminal

AC input terminal for the EPU05A-02 subrack


l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the RFC2 terminal for the EPU05A -02 subrack Depending on the external power equipment


24


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the RFC1 for the EPU05A -02 subrack

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2B


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the RFC1 for the EPU05A -02 subrack

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector


Parallel terminal



EPC5 connector




EPC4 connector





3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector


FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03C

EPC4 connector



25


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


3V3 connector


EPC4 connector


The following table describes the power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900. Table 2-15 Power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900 Category


Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A



l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables

GATM Power Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

EPC5 connector




EPC4 connector




3V3 connector


Parallel terminal



26


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal





4 PGND Cable

OT terminal


OT terminal



3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector


FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connector


EPC4 connector



3V3 connector


EPC4 connector


For a module

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


27


2 Cable List

Table 2-16 Transmission cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector





RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector



LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


28


2 Cable List

Table 2-17 Signal cables Category


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



SMA male connector



GPS surge protector







RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lowerlevel FAN 03C

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03C

RJ45 connector


NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU directly.


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03C.

29


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

8.4.13 BBU Interconnec tion Signal Cables


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DLC connector

One of the M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

l CI port on the UMPT in the BBU l S0 port on the UCIU in the BBU

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 male connector

CKB1 or CKB2 port on the DCTB


USB connector


Network connector

Network cable

8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the left side of the PMU 11A

RJ45 connector


8.2.24 FMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03C

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

NOTE If no BBU is installed in the cabinet, bind the cable on the right side of the cabinet.

ELU


RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03C

30


2 Cable List

NOTE



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector





CPRI port on an RFU






Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


31


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.2 BTS3900L Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables The following table describes the PGND cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


32


2 Cable List

Table 2-20 PGND cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector




OT terminal (M8)


OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar



OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)




Cable

DCDU-01 Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M6)

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 1





l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 1 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables (optional)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

OT terminal (M4)



33


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


6.4.8 GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector


Parallel terminal

SPARE1 or SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01

DCDU-03B Power Cable (optional)

OT terminal (M6)






3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01

FAN Power Cables

3V3 connector

-48V port on the fan assembly

Parallel terminal

FAN port on the DCDU-01


3V3 connector

PWR port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

BBU port on the DCDU-01

Transmission Cables The following table shows the transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


34


2 Cable List

Table 2-22 Transmission cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external transmission equipment



RJ45 connector

FE or FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector



LC connector

l FE or FE/ GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r


l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT Cables installed before delivery

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



RJ45 connector

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

RJ45 connector



LC connector

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

LC connector



35


2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Table 2-23 Signal cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


Inter-BBU Signal Cables

DLC connector

l M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

l CI port on the UMPT HEI port on the WBBPf

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

HEI port on the WBBPf


SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU, LMPT, or UMPT


GPS surge protector

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lowerlevel fan assembly

NOTE The upperlevel fan assembly communicat es with the BBU directly.


NOTE The lowerlevel fan assembly communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level fan assembly.

36


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector







8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or MON0 port on the UEIU

FMUCGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Network connector

Network cable


DB15 male connector


MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on the DCTB in the 3012 series base station

8.2.22 FMUCBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN

NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


37


2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-24 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



CPRI electrical cables(1)


CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP


CPRI0 or CPRI1 port on the RFU


CPRI fiber optic cable (optional)

DLC connector


DLC connector

CPRI port on the RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


38


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector









RX OUT port on the RFU


RX IN port on another RFU

2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables The following table describes the PGND cables. Table 2-26 PGND cables Category

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector




OT terminal (M8)


OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar



OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)



39


2 Cable List



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


OT terminal

Global:





l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables (optional)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)




40


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


6.4.8 GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector


Parallel terminal



OT terminal

Global:



l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Parallel terminal


FAN 03B Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03B

Parallel terminal



41


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


3V3 connector


Parallel terminal


Transmission Cables The following table shows the transmission cables. Table 2-28 Transmission cables Category


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



42


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


LC connector


l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


43


2 Cable List



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



DLC connector

l M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

l CI port on the UMPT HEI port on the WBBPf

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



SMA male connector



GPS surge protector

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03B

RJ45 connector




NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU directly.



NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03B.



44


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


FMUEGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Network connector

Network cable


DB15 male connector




8.2.23 FMUEBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03B

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03B

NOTE


CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


45


2 Cable List

Table 2-30 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector










DLC connector


DLC connector


NOTE



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


46


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are classified into PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI electrical cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables The following table lists the PGND cables and equipotential cables. Table 2-32 PGND cables and equipotential Cables Item


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M8)


OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar


47


Item


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


5 Equipotenti al Cable (between the BTS3900L cabinet and IMS06)

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable on the cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable on the subrack

5 Equipotenti al Cable (between the IMS06 and door of the subrack)

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable on the subrack

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable on the door of the subrack


OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)


Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-33 Power cables Item


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

EPU05A-02 Power Cable (AC scenario)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connector


OT termina l (M6)

Port AC INPUT on the EPU05A-02 in the IMS06




48


Item

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connector


OT termina l (M6)

Global:

l Dependi ng on the external power equipme nt in DC scenario s

l External equipme nt in DC scenario s

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12A l Blue wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12A UK: l Blue wire: RTN (+) terminal on the DCDU-12A l Gray wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12A


OT termina l (M6)

Global: l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12B

l OT terminal (M6) in AC scenario s

l RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminal s near RFC_1 and RFC_2 on the EPU05A -02 in AC scenario s



EPC4 connector


l Blue wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12B UK: l Blue wire: RTN (+) terminal on the DCDU-12B l Gray wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12B 6.4.8 GATM 3V3 Power connect Cable or

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



49


Item

2 Cable List

Cable

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables (optional)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connector


EPC4 or EPC5 connect or

l EPC4 connector: one of the LOAD6 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B


PWR port on the RRU

l EPC5 connector: one of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12B Cables installed before delivery


3V3 connect or

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector


FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connect or


EPC4 connector



3V3 connect or


EPC4 connector




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB26 male connector





50


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


51


2 Cable List



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



DLC connector

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03C

RJ45 connector







8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable (DC scenario)

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector




NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU directly.


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03C.

52


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Ethernet connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector




PMU 11ABBU Monitoring Signal Cable (AC scenario)

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11A in the EPU05A-02 in the IMS06

RJ45 connector


8.2.24 FMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03C

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03C

NOTE


CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


53


2 Cable List

Table 2-36 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector










DLC connector


DLC connector


NOTE



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


54


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.3 BTS3900A Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.

2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


55


2 Cable List

Table 2-38 PGND cable and equipotential cable Class ificat ion

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground busbar outside the cabinet

Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T

Ground bar in an RFC

NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-39 Power cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPS in an APM30H

Depend ing on the externa l power equipm ent


DCDU-01 power cable (in DC scenarios)

Depend ing on the external power equipm ent


OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-01in an RFC


56


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


DCDU-03C power cable (in AC scenarios)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

TMC port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

Power cable for a power distribution box

Power series 120 connect or (gray)

BAT port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS200D


LOAD3 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/ TEC_CON_BOLT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cable


LOAD2 or LOAD3 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/ TEC_CON_BOLT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T

Power cable for a heating film

OT termina l (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals in the junction terminals for the input power cable for the heating film in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in AC scenarios)

OT termina l (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H


57


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in an APM30H)



Cord end termina l

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in an APM30H or TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in a TMC11H)


LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Parallel termina l


3V3 connect or

l GATM0(1): SPARE1 port on the DCDU-01 in the RFC l GATM1(2): BBU port on the DCDU-01 in the RFC

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)


3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in the TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-03C in the TMC11H

NOTE

(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-40 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

DCDU-03C power cable (in DC scenarios) Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


Parallel termina l

SPARE2 terminal on the DCDU-01in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)



58


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


DCDU-01 power cable (in AC scenarios)

Power series 120 connect or (blue)

RFC1 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-01in an RFC

BBU power cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

BBU power cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l


3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in a TMC11H

FAN 02A power cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

FAN 02A power cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

RFU power cables

Parallel termina l

RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU 5in an RFC

FAN 01A power cable

Parallel termina l

FAN terminal on the DCDU-01in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

Power cable for an AC heater (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC heater (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in a TMC11H


59


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L2 and N2 terminals on the EPS in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

AC INPUT port on the SOU in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L1 and N1 terminals on the EPS in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and the ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cables The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-41 Transmission cables

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Categ ory

Cable

Cables to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


E1/T1 cable

DB26 male connecto r

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the SLPU

Dependin g on the external power equipment


FE/GE Ethernet cable

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port near the OUTSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

RJ45 connector



60


Categ ory

2 Cable List

Cable

FE/GE fiber optic cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connec tor


l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU Cables install ed before deliver y

l SC connec tor l LC connec tor

E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

DB25 connecto r

INSIDE port on the UELP in the SLPU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

RJ45 connecto r

l FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE electrical port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the SLPU

l FE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector


Interconne ction cable between FE/GE optical ports

LC connecto r

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in the BBU

LC connector



61


2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-42 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUA

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level fan assembly

Monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485port on the PMU in an APM30H

GPS clock signal cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in the BBU


GPS surge protector

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in an APM30H

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

RJ45 connector



62


2 Cable List

8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable




DC/OOK port on the Bias-Tee

8.4.19 CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on FAN02A in the APM30H or COM_IN port on FAN01A in the RFC


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the BBU in the APM30H

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector



DGLUb port on the DCTB

NOTE


The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-43 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or


Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (in an RFC)

4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of the RFC

CMUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H


63


Cable

2 Cable List

One End Connec tor

The Other End Installation Position

Connect or

COM_IN port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

Installation Position MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

HPMI-PMU monitoring signal cable


COM port on the PMU in an APM30H

DB50 male connector

PMU_DB50 port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

PMU-CMUA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the PMU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

RJ45 port on the ELU in each cabinet

RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H or TMC11H l ELU port on the FAN 01A in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door

4-pin connecto r

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

l GATE port on the FAN 01A in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T DC junction box in the front door of an APM30H


64


2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-44 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU in the BBU


CPRI0 or CPRI1 port on RFU 0 to RFU 5

DLC connector

l CPRI_W port on the RRU

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports or CPRI0 to CPRI2 ports on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the LBBP in the BBU


CPRI fiber optic cables

DLC connector

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU in the BBU l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports or CPRI0 to CPRI2 ports on the WBBP in the BBU

l CPRI_0 port on the RRU

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the LBBP in the BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


65


2 Cable List

NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, less than six RFUs are installed in the RFC before delivery. When RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

When an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF Cables The following table lists the RF cables. Table 2-45 RF cables Categ ory

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite Cable s install ed before delive ry

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RF jumpers


Antenna feeder


ANT_TX/ RXA and ANT_RXB ports on the RFU

Inter-RFU RF signal cable


RX_OUTA port on the RFU


RX_INB port on the RFU

2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


66


2 Cable List

Table 2-46 PGND cable and equipotential cable Class ificat ion

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Ground bar in a TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T


NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPU03A-02or EPU03A-04pow er cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H





TMC port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)



67


2 Cable List

Cable

One End Conne ctor


Conne ctor


Power series 175 connect or (gray)

Power series 175 connector (gray) of the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in DC scenarios)

RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC





LOAD3 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cable


LOAD2 or LOAD3 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T


OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals in the junction terminals for the input power cable for the heating film in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in AC scenarios)

OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End


68


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in an APM30H)



Cord end termina l


6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in a TMC11H)



6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connect or

l GATM0(1): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-11A in the RFC



6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

l GATM1(2): BBU_1 port on the EPU03A-02/04 in the APM30H 3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-11C in the TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11C in the TMC11H

NOTE

(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


69


2 Cable List

Table 2-48 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

One End Conne ctor

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Connec tor


Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in AC scenarios)

Power series 120connector (blue) of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC

DCDU-11A power cable

OT termina l (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

DCDU-11C power cable (in DC scenarios)

OT termina l


OT terminal




BBU_0or BBU_1port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r




LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

FAN 02B power cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

FAN 02B power cable (in a TMC11H)



3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H



70


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


RFU power cables


LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU 5in an RFC

FAN 01B power cable


LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01B in an RFC


OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r



OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r


SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L2 and N2 terminals on the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connecto r



OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L1 and N1 terminals on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and the ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cables The following table lists transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


71


2 Cable List

Table 2-49 Transmission cables Categ ory

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


E1/T1 cable






RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


l FC connec tor


l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU Cables install ed before deliver y



DB25 connecto r


DB26 connector



RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector


l FE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


72


Categ ory

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


LC connector



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUE

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUE


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485port on the PMU in an APM30H


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector


73


Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector


8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector








RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on FAN02B in the APM30H or COM_IN port on FAN01B in the RFC


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the BBU in the APM30H


USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector





74


2 Cable List

NOTE



One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or



4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of the RFC

CMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

RJ45 connector


COM_IN port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H


HPMI-PMU monitoring signal cable


COM port on the PMU in an APM30H

DB50 male connector

PMU_DB50 port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

PMU-CMUE monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H or TMC11H l ELU port on the FAN 01B in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H) Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

Bare wire


Door status sensor

75


Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or


Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor


4-pin connecto r

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

l GATE port on the FAN 01B in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T DC junction box in the front door of an APM30H

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


76


2 Cable List

Table 2-52 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector






DLC connector





DLC connector




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


77


2 Cable List

NOTE



l



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RF jumpers


Antenna feeder








2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


78


2 Cable List

Table 2-54 PGND cables and equipotential cables Categ ory

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Ground bar in a TMC11H or battery cabinet


NOTE

(1) When the APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on the RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. When the IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT port on the EPU in an APM30H



DCDU-12B power cable

OT termina ls

RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminals on the DCDU-12B in an RFC




79


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor



EPC4 connect or

LOAD7 port on the EPU in the APM30H

OT termina l (M6)



OT termina l (M8)

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet(1)

Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in DC scenarios)

DC junction box in an RFC




EPC4 connect or


EPC4 connect or

FAN/TEC and INPUT ports on the power distribution box in the IBBS200D


EPC4 connect or


OT termina l (M4)

FAN/TEC wiring terminal on the DC junction box in the IBBS300D

Power cable for the TEC in an IBBS200T

EPC4 connect or


EPC4 connect or

FAN/TEC and INPUT ports on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

Power cable for the TEC in the IBBS300T

EPC4 connect or


OT termina l (M4)

FAN/TEC wiring terminal on the DC junction box in the IBBS300D


OT termina l (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in the APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the junction terminal for the heating film power cable in the IBBS200D

Power cable for the AC junction box (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in the APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in the TMC11H


80


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


Power cable for the AC junction box (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T

Power cable for the temperature control system

EPC4 connect or


EPC4 connect or

DC INPUT port on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D/IBBS700T

Power cable for the AC junction box (in an IBBS700D/ IBBS700T)

OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T

Power cables for storage batteries

OT termina l (M8)

BAT(+) and BAT (-) terminals on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet

OT termina l (M6)

Positive and negative poles of storage batteries in a battery cabinet

Power cables for storage batteries (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

OT termina l (M8)

Circuit breaker below the DC junction box on the right of battery cabinet and the terminal on the DC junction box with NEG(-) printed on the left

OT termina l (M6)


6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in the APM30H)

EPC4 connect or


Cord end termina l

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in the APM30H or TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable (in the TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in the APM30H)

EPC4 connect or

-48 V port on the GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12A in the RFC l GATM1(3): LOAD5 port on the EPU05A-02/04 in the APM30H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


81


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in the TMC11H)

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPC4 connect or

-48 V port on the GATM

3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

NOTE

(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T (2) and (3): When two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed above GATM1.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-56 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

One End Conne ctor


Connec tor


OT termina l (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in a TMC

Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in AC scenarios)

RFC1 or RFC2 terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal (M6)



OT termina l (M6)


OT terminal (M6)



EPC4 connect or

LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU in the APM30H

3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H


EPC4 connect or

LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

DCDU-12C Power Cable (in DC scenario)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End


-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC11H

82


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


FAN 02D power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connect or


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02D in the APM30H

FAN 02D power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02D in the TMC11H

RFU power cable

EPC4 connect or

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A in the RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on the RFU 0 to RFU 5 in the RFC

FAN 01C power cable

EPC4 connect or


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01C in an RFC


OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r



OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r


SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw and L2 and N2 ports near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connecto r



OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw and L1 and N1 ports near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal s

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H and the cabinet ground bar

CMUEA power cable

3V3 connect or

PWR port on the CMUEA in an IBBS700D

Bare wire

FAN/TEC port on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D


83


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

CMUF power cable

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


3V3 connect or

PWR port on the CMUF in an IBBS700T

Bare wire

FAN/TEC port on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D

Transmission Cables The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-57 Transmission cables Categ ory

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


E1/T1 cable






RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


l FC connec tor


l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU Cables install ed before

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


DB25 connecto r




DB26 connector


84


2 Cable List

Categ ory

Cable

One End

deliver y


The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector


l FE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


LC connector



Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUEA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUEA


85


Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03 modules

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CCU01D-03

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CCU01D-03


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA/ CCU01D-03 in the battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the PMU in the APM30H


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in the APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in the APM30H

RJ45 connector


8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in the TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in the TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02D in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector








86


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN02D in the APM30H or COM_IN port on the FAN01C in the RFC


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H


USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector




NOTE



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or



4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

CMUEABBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

RJ45 connector



87


Cable

2 Cable List

One End Connec tor


Connect or

COM_IN port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

Installation Position MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

PMUCMUEA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

l In the APM30H or TMC11H: ELU port on the FAN 02D

RJ45 connector


Bare wire

Door status sensor

l In the RFC: ELU port on the FAN 01C l In the IBBS200D or IBBS200T: ELU port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS300D or IBBS300T: ELU port on the CCU01D-03 l In the IBBS700D: ELU port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS700T: ELU port on the CMUF Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the PMU in an APM30H


88


Cable

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in the TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T)

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or


Bare wire

l In the TMC11H: GATE port on the FAN 02D

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

l In the RFC: GATE port on the FAN 01C l In the IBBS200D or IBBS200T: GATE port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS300D or IBBS300T: GATE port on the CCU01D-03 l In the IBBS700D: GATE port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS700T: GATE port on the CMUF


Intercon nection terminal

Fan power cable routed out of the front door of an APM30H

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


89


2 Cable List

Table 2-60 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Categ ory

Cable



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector






DLC connector





DLC connector




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


90


2 Cable List

NOTE



l



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RF jumpers


Antenna feeder








2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables The following table describes PGND cables and equipotential cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


91


2 Cable List

Table 2-62 PGND cables and equipotential cables Category

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


4 PGND Cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar of the site


OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in an upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H or battery cabinet


NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-63 Power cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal (M6)

AC INPUT port on the EPU in an APM30H




OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12B in an RFC



DCDU-12C power cable (in an AC scenario)

EPC4 connector


OT terminal (M6)



92


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal (M8)

BAT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet(1)

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in a DC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)




Fan power cables in an IBBS200D

EPC4 connector


EPC4 connector

FAN/TEC and INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cables in an IBBS200T

EPC4 connector


EPC4 connector

FAN/TEC and INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T


OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in a TMC11H)

OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)


Storage battery power cable (in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T)

OT terminal (M8)

Power distribution boxes on the top and inner right wall of a battery cabinet

OT terminal (M6)



93


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


EMUA or EMUB power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector


Cord end terminal

EMUA or EMUB power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connector



GATM power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connector

l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12A in an RFC l GATM1(3): LOAD5 port on the EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H

GATM power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connector

-48V port on a GATM

3V3 connector

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

NOTE

(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D or IBBS200T (2) and (3): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed above GATM1.

The following table lists power cables that have been installed before delivery.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


94


2 Cable List

Table 2-64 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DCDU-12C power cable (in a DC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in a TMC

Power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (in an AC scenario)

OT terminal (M6)

RFC1 or RFC2 terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)



OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)



EPC4 connector

LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connector



EPC4 connector

LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

FAN 02E power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

FAN 02E power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 02E in a TMC11H

RFU power cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connector

PWR ports on RFU 0 to RFU 5 in an RFC

FAN 01D power cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAN 01D in an RFC



95


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal (M4)


C13 connector



OT terminal (M4)


C13 connector


SOU power cable

OT terminal (M4)

M4 ground screw, L2 terminal, and N2 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connector



OT terminal (M4)

M4 ground screw, L1 terminal, and N1 terminal near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cable The following table describes transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


96


2 Cable List

Table 2-65 Transmission cables Categ ory

Cable

One End



The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the UMPT or UTRP in a BBU

l FC connec tor


l SC connec tor

l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in a BBU

l LC connec tor

Signal cable The following table lists signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-66 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on an upper-level FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a lower-level FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on an upperlevel FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a lower-level FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on an upper-level FAN 01D

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on a lower-level FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on an upperlevel FAN 02E

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on a lower-level FAN 02E


97


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUH in an upper-level IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in a lower-level IBBS200D or IBBS200T

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on an upperlevel CCUB

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a lower-level CMUH

CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on an upper-level CMUH

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on a lower-level CCUB

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on an upper-level CCU01D-03

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a lower-level CCU01D-03

Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH or CCU01D-03 in a battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H


SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in a BBU


GPS surge protector

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485 port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in a BBU

RJ45 connector



98


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RET control signal cable


ANT0 to ANT5 ports on a GATM


DC/OOK port on a Bias-Tee

CMUHGATM monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM2 port on GATM0

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUH in an RFC

GATM monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on a GATM

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 or MON1-1/ D_COM1-1 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H


USB connector

USBa port on the UMPT in a BBU

Network connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in a BBU


DGLUb port on a DCTB

WIUA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on a WIUA

RJ45 connector

l D_COM1 port on the CMUH in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l D_COM1 port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

NOTE

a: The security of a USB port is ensured by encryption, and a USB port can be shut down using a command. A USB commission port is used for commissioning a base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

The following table lists signal cables that have been installed before delivery.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


99


2 Cable List

Table 2-67 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

One End Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (in an RFC)

4-pin connector

TEM port on the FAN 01D in an RFC

Temperature sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN 01D in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0-0/ D_COM0-0 port on the FAN02E in an APM30H

CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN/ U_COM0 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT/ U_COM1 port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

PMI port on the PMIU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

PMI port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H

PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End


100


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

ELU signal cable

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02E in a an APM30H or TMC11H

RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU in a cabinet

Bare wire or cord end terminal

Door status sensor

l ELU port on the FAN 01D in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUH in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l ELU port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T Monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (in an APM30H)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Bare wire

GATE port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H


101


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02E in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02E in an APM30H or TMC11H

l GATE port on the FAN 01D in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUH in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T l GATE port on the CCU01D-03 in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in a front door

Interconnection terminal

Fan power cable routed out of the front door of an APM30H or TMC11H

CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable The following table describes CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


102


2 Cable List

Table 2-68 CPRI electrical cable and CPRI fiber optic cable Categ ory

Cable


CPRI electrical cable(1)


CPRI fiber optic cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the LBBP in a BBU


CPRI0 or CPRI1 ports on RFU 0 to RFU 5

DLC connector


l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the UBBP in a BBU DLC connector

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the LBBP in a BBU l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the UBBP in a BBU


NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables also have been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF cables The following table describes RF cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


103


2 Cable List

Table 2-69 RF cables Categ ory

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RF jumper


Antenna feeder


ANT_TX/ RXA and ANT_RXB port on an RFU

RFU interconnectio n RF signal cable


RX_OUTA port on an RFU


RX_INB port on an RFU

2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

Power Cables and PGND Cables NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A (Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).

The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

Equipotential Cable for the Front Door

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Ground point on an inner wall of the APM30H

OT terminal

l Front door of the APM30H

l Ground point on an inner wall of the TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


l Front door of the TMC11H

104


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Input Power Cables for the APM30H

OT terminal

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H



Input Power Cable for the TMC11H (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector


OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Input Power Cable for the TMC11H (in DC Scenarios)



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in AC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal




RFU Power Cables

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

3V3 connector

PWR port on any of RFU0 to RFU2 in the RFC

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



105


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Power cables between cascaded DCDU-13As

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

l RTN(+) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l RTN(+) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Power Cables for the Battery Cabinet

OT terminal

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

TEC Power Cable

EPC4 connector


EPC4 connector

FAN/ TEC_INPUT port on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

BBU Power Cable (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports on the EPU in the APM30H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H or TMC11H

BBU Power Cable (in DC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 and LOAD7 ports on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC11H

CMUEA Power Cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUEA in the APM30H

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


PWR port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H 106


2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


Connector

LOAD3 port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC EMUA Power Cable (Optional)

EPC4 connector


Installation Position PWR port on the CMUEA in the RFC

Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA


Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the RFC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

2-pin connector

GATE port on the PMU in the APM30H

Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T

OT terminal

Signal cable transfer terminal in the IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the CMUEA or PMU

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CMUEA

RJ45 connector

ELU


107


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

l FAN_EXT port on the fan assembly in the APM30H

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door


l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the APM30H l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the TMC11H

Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

Bare wire

l DC_SPD port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l FAN_EXT port on the fan assembly in the TMC11H Bare wire

l IN1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l DC_SPD port on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

4-pin connector

TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

5-pin connector

Port on the environmental temperature sensor in the RFC

PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CMUEA


108


2 Cable List

Cable

EMUA Monitoring Signal Cable (Optional)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in the APM30H

RS485 port on the EMUA in the TMC11H

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade. NOTE

l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors. l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the upgrade.

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Antenna feeder


ANT_RXA and ANT_RXB ports on RFUs

2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables. NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).

Power Cables and PGND Cables The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


109


Cable

Equipotential Cable for the Front Door

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Ground point on an inner wall of the APM30

OT terminal

l Front door of the APM30 l Front door of the TMC

l Ground point on an inner wall of the TMC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Input Power Cables for the APM30

OT terminal

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in the APM30



Input Power Cable for the TMC (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the TMC (in DC Scenarios)



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in AC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal


Input Power Cable for the RFC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal




RFU Power Cables

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

3V3 connector



110


2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


Connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC Power Cables Between Cascaded DCDU-13As

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on any of RFU3 to RFU5 in the RFC OT terminal

l RTN(+) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


l NEG(-) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC l RTN(+) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Storage Battery Power Cable

OT terminal

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

Wiring copper bar for the positive and negative poles of storage batteries

BBU Power Cable (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports on the EPU in the APM30

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30 or TMC

BBU Power Cable (in DC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 and LOAD7 ports on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the Heater

OT terminal

8-pin transfer terminal on the EPU in the APM30

Cord end terminal

Transfer terminal on the heater

Power Cable for the Heating Film

OT terminal

8-pin transfer terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the input power cable for the heating film in the BBC


111


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

CMUEA Power Cable

EMUA Power Cable (Optional)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUEA in the APM30

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

PWR port on the CMUEA in the TMC

LOAD3 port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on the CMUEA in the RFC


Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the APM30

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Bare wire

Door status sensor

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30 2-pin connector


GATE port on the PMU in the APM30

112


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor in the Battery Cabinet

OT terminal

When an external battery cabinet is used, this cable is bound to the cable bridge on the left side of the upper compartment in the battery cabinet.

2-pin connector

TEM_BAT port on the PMU in the APM30


4-pin connector

l TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the APM30

5-pin connector

l Port on the environment al temperature sensor in the APM30

l TEMP2 port on the CMUEA in the APM30

l Port on the temperature sensor near the air exhaust vent in the APM30

l TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l Port on the environment al temperature sensor in the RFC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Top of the Cabinet Interior

4-pin connector

IFAN1 and IFAN2 ports on the CMUEA

4-pin connector

J01 and J02 ports on the fan interface board

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU on the CMUEA

RJ45 connector

ELU


113


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the TMC

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

l EFAN1 and EFAN2 ports on the CMUEA in the APM30

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door


l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the APM30 l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the TMC

Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

Bare wire

l DC_SPD port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l EFAN1 and EFAN2 ports on the CMUEA in the TMC Bare wire


l DC_SPD port on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CMUEA

EMUA Monitoring Signal Cable (Optional)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the APM30

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in the APM30


114


2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


Connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the TMC

Installation Position COM_OUT port on the CMUEA in the TMC

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade. NOTE

l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors. l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the upgrade.

Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Antenna feeder


ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.

2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List The BTS3900AL cables consist of the PGND cable, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The PGND cable and equipotential cable need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


115


2 Cable List

Table 2-70 PGND cable and equipotential cable No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connect or


1

4 PGND Cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminals


2

5 Equipotentia l Cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Power Cables Table 2-71 lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-72 lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-71 Power cables to be installed onsite No.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


1

PDU05A-01 Power Cable

Cord end terminal

L1, L2, L3, N, and PE terminals on the PDU05A-01



2


EPC4 connector

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU or UEIU

3

DCDU-12C Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD1 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H (Ver.D)


116


No.

4

2 Cable List

Cable

PDU03D-01 Power Cable (obtaining power from the BTS3900AL AC)

PDU03D-01 Power Cable (obtaining power from external power equipment)

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


Power series 120 connector

LOAD1 port for connecting the ETP48400 that provides power supply for the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Input2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

DCDU:RTN+ and DCDU0:NEG - terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Input0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet



OT terminal (M6)

l RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Input2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet l RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Input0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


117


No.

5

2 Cable List

Cable

Storage Battery Power Cable (in an IBBS700D/ IBBS700T)

One End Connecto r


Connecto r


OT terminal (M8)

RTN0+, BAT0-, RTN1 +, and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_0, NEG (-)_0, RTN(+)_1, and NEG(-)_1 terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T

OT terminal (M8)

RTN1+ and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Battery pack in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

6

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable

EPC4 connector


Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA or EMUB

7

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

OT terminal (M4)

L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)


EPC4 connector

DC INPUT port on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 port on the DCDU-12C

(in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet) Power Cable for an AC Junction Box (in an IBBS700D, IBBS700T, or TMC11H (Ver.D)) 8

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System


118


No.

9

2 Cable List

Cable


One End Connecto r


Connecto r


l OT terminal s

l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03 B


Power port on the RRU

l Toolless female connect or (pressfit type) l EPC5 or EPC4 connect or

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11 B l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12 B

10

Power cables for the battery cabinet (IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

OT terminal (M8)

RTN0+, BAT0-, RTN1 +, and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

Wiring terminal labeled NEG(-) on the junction box on the inner left wall of the IBBS300D or IBBS300T and wiring terminal labeled RTN(+) on the AC junction box on the inner right wall of the IBBS300D

11

Fan power cables in an IBBS300D

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 terminal on the DCDU-12C in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M4)

Copper bars labeled NEG- and RTN+ on the inner left and right walls of the IBBS300D


119


No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


12

TEC power cables in the IBBS300T

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 terminal on the DCDU-12C in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M4)

Copper bars labeled NEG- and RTN+ on the inner left and right walls of the IBBS300T

13

Storage Battery Power Cable NEG(-)

OT terminal (M6)

Storage battery

OT terminal (M8)

Junction box on the inner left wall of the cabinet

14

Storage Battery Power Cable RTN(+)

OT terminal (M6)

Storage battery

OT terminal (M8)

Junction box on the inner right wall of the cabinet

15

HAU01A-01 power cable (between cabinets) (optional)

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals in the AC junction box of the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals in the heater's junction box on the inner left wall of the IBBS300D

Table 2-72 Power cables installed before delivery No.

Cable

One End Connector


Connector


1

ETP48400 Power Cable

Cord end terminal

L11, N11, L12, N12, L13, and N13 terminals on the PDU05A-01

OT terminal (M6)

L1, N1, L2, N2, L3, and N3 terminals on the ETP48400

2


OT terminal (M6)

LOAD0 terminal on the ETP48400, which provides power supply for the DCDU-12C

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

(in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End


120


No.

3

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

DCDU-12C Power Cable (in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Output or Output2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Output0 silkscreen in the Output area of the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

4

6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUF

5

6.2.4 CCU Power Cable

EPC4 connector


EPC4 connector

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports near the INPUT silkscreen on the CCU

6

6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAU03D-01


121


No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


Connector


7


EPC4 connector

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

8

6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

OT terminal (M4)

L1, N1, and PE terminals on the AC junction box

C13 straight female connector

AC-IN port on the HAU01A-01

9


Cord end terminal

L21 and N21 terminals on the PDU05A-01

OT terminal (M4)


(in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

10

8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors

4-pin male connector

FAN_IN0 and FAN_IN1 ports on the CMUF

4-pin female connector

Signal cable delivered with an inner air circulation fan

11


EPC4 connector

LOAD5 or LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU or UEIU

12

Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

OT terminals

Two NEG(-) _1 terminals and one RTN (+)_1 terminals near the Output1 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01

OT terminals

Two NEG(-) terminals and one RTN(+) terminal on the DC junction box

13

6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

OT terminal (M4)

Junction boxes on the inner left and right walls of the cabinet

3V3 connector

PWR port on the CCU01D-03


122


No.

14

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

HAU01A-01 power cable (in the cabinet) (optional)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M4)

AC junction box on the inner left wall of the cabinet

C13 connector

AC_IN port on the heater

Transmission Cables Table 2-73 lists the transmission cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-74 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-73 Transmission cables and CPRI electrical cables to be installed onsite No.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


1

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals



2


RJ45 connector

FE0 and FE1 ports near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

RJ45 connector

Routing device

3


LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT

l LC connector


l SC connector

123


2 Cable List

Table 2-74 Transmission cables installed before delivery No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

DB25 connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

DB26 connector


2

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

3

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


4

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector


LC connector


l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT

Signal Cables Table 2-75 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-76 lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


124


2 Cable List

Table 2-75 Signal cables to be installed onsite No.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

DLC connector

M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

2


RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector


3

8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

RJ45 connector

FE_L port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

FE_R port on the CCU

4

8.2.14 CMUEACCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

D_COM7 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H (Ver.D)

5

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

U_COM1 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector


6

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector COM

RS-485 port on the EMUA or COM-485 port on the EMUB

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HAU01A-01

7


SMA male connector



Protect port on the GPS surge protector

8

8.4.12 GPS Jumper

Type N male connector

Surge port on the GPS surge protector

Type N male connector

GPS antenna

9


USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable


125


2 Cable List

NOTE


Table 2-76 Signal cables installed before delivery No.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

8.1.1 PMUCCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


2

8.2.15 CMUFCCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUF

RJ45 connector


3

8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HAU01A-01

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HAU01A-01

4

HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HAU01A-01

RJ45 connector


5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

Bare wire

Door Status Sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the CCU

6

8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAU03D-01

RJ45 connector


7


RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CCU

8

8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module

2-pin wire terminal block

AC surge protection port on the PDU05A-01

Cord end terminal

IN1 port on the CCU


126


No.

9

2 Cable List

Cable

l 9.1 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the device compartmen t

One End Connecto r


Connector


4-pin connector

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt: TEM0 port on the CMUF

Temperature sensor

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt l Temperatu re sensor in the RF compartme nt

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt: TEM0 port on the FAU03D-0 1

l 9.2 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RF compartmen t

l Temperatu re sensor on the front door

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt: TEM1 port on the CMUF

l 9.3 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the front door

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

10


RJ45 connector

U_COM0 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector


10

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the CCU01D-03

11

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

Temperatur e sensor

Temperature sensor on the inner left wall of the cabinet

4-pin connector

TEM port on the CCU01D-03


127


No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


12

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable (in an IBBS300D/ IBBS300T)

RJ45 connector

ELU on the inner left wall of the cabinet

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CCU01D-03

13

HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable (optional)

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the heating box

RJ45 connector

D_COM0 port on the CCU01D-03

CPRI Electrical Cables Inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables need to be installed onsite. CPRI electrical cables in the cabinets have been installed before delivery. The following table describes their connections. Table 2-77 CPRI electrical cables No.

1

Cable

One End

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable (inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables)

2

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable (CPRI electrical cables in the cabinet)

The Other End

Connector


Connector



CPRI port on the GTMU, UBRI, WBBP, or LBBP


CPRI port on an RFU




CPRI port on an RFU

RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table describes the RF cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


128


2 Cable List

Table 2-78 RF cables No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

10.1 RF Jumpers


Antenna feeder



2

10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable





2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU cable list, and RRU cable list.

Lists of Cables for the Cabinets Used by the DBS3900 The following table lists the links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900. Table 2-79 Links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cabinet Used by a DBS3900

Cable List

APM30H (Ver.B)

APM30H (Ver.B) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.B)

TMC11H (Ver.B) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

IBBS200D (Ver.B) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.B)

IBBS200T (Ver.B) cable list

APM30H (Ver.C)

APM30H (Ver.C) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.C)

TMC11H (Ver.C) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

IBBS200D (Ver.C) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.C)

IBBS200T (Ver.C) cable list

APM30H (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.D)

TMC11H (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.D)

IBBS200D (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.D)

IBBS200T (Ver.D) cable list


129


2 Cable List

Cabinet Used by a DBS3900

Cable List

IBBS700D

IBBS700D cable list

IBBS700T

IBBS700T cable list

IBBS300D

IBBS300D cable list

IBBS300T

IBBS300T cable list

IBC10

IBC10 cable list

BBU Cable List The following table lists BBU cables. Table 2-80 BBU cable list Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


BBU PGND Cable

OT terminal (M4, 6 mm2 or 0.009 in.2)

Ground terminal on the BBU

OT terminal (M8, 6 mm2 or 0.009 in.2)

External ground bar


3V3 connector

-48V port on UPEU in BBU

Depending on the power equipment

Depending on the power equipment

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the UMPT, GTMU, UELP, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

Depending on site requirements



DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the UMPT, GTMU, UELP, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

DB25 connector



130


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

l FE0 port near OUTSIDE on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

FE0 port near INSIDE on the UFLP in the SLPU

l FE0 port on the UMPT, GTMU, or WMPT in the BBU l FE/GE port on the UTRP in the BBU l FE/GE port on the LMPT in the BBU 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the UMPT, GTMU, or WMPT in the BBU FE/GE port on the UTRP in the BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU in the BBU


LC connector


LC connector



LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT, GTMU, LMPT, or UMPT in the BBU

FC, SC, or LC connector



131


2 Cable List

Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

DLC connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, or UBRI in the BBU

DLC connector

CPRI_W port on an RRU

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

Twisted pair

TX+, TX-, RX +, or RX- port on the APMI

8.2.13 HEUABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

M0N1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUA

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUA

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUE

8.2.21 CMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


DB9 male connector

RS-485 port on the EMUA

8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D ) Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

Cord end terminal

ALM terminal on the PSU (DC/DC)

8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D ) In-Position Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

RESENT port on the PSU (DC/DC)


132


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



SMA male connector

GPS port on LMPT, USCU, or UMPTa6 in the BBU


GPS surge protector

8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

DLC connector

M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT in the BBU


DB15 male connector



DCTB or DGLUb

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

USB(1) connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE


RRU Cable List For the RRU cable list, see the corresponding RRU hardware description, for example, RRU3926 Hardware Description.

2.6 BTS3900C Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of cabinets.

2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of cables, such as PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery, the cable list provides a reference for onsite installation of cables. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


133


2 Cable List

PGND Cable PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections. Table 2-81 PGND cable Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


OMB PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground bar at the bottom of the OMB

OT terminal

Ground bar outside the cabinet

RRU PGND cable

OT terminal


OT terminal

Ground terminal on the RRU

Power Cables Table 2-82 and Table 2-83 list power cables for AC cabinets. Table 2-84 and Table 2-85 list power cables for DC cabinets. Table 2-82 Power cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet) Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPS30-4815AF Power Cable

3-pin male connector

AC power input port on the EPS30-4815AF

Cord end terminal

SPD ALM terminals on the AC surge protection box

6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

H4 connector

DC output port LOAD1 on the EPS30-4815AF

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUA


134


2 Cable List

Table 2-83 Power cables to be installed onsite (in an AC cabinet) Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


6.4.6 SPD Power Cable

OT terminal

L, N, and PE terminals on the AC surge protection box




H4 connector

DC output port LOAD1 on the EPS30-4815AF

3V3 connector



OT terminal

RRU wiring terminal on the EPS30-4815AF

Depending on the RRU type

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the RRU

Table 2-84 Power cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet) Cable

One End

6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

LOAD7 terminal on the DCDU-03B

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUB

Table 2-85 Power cables to be installed onsite (in a DC cabinet) Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal


3V3 connector



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03B




135


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal



RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the RRU

Transmission Cables Table 2-86 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-87 lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-86 Transmission cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB25 connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU


RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port at the INSIDE label on the UFLP in the BBU

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT in the BBU

Table 2-87 Transmission cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU




136


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector

FE0 port at the OUTSIDE label on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector

Routing device


LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT in the BBU 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

DLC connector

l CPRI port on the GTMU or UBRI in the BBU

l SC connector l LC connector

DLC connector

CPRI_W or CPRI0 port on the RRU

l CPRI port on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI port on the LBBP in the BBU

Signal Cables Table 2-88 and Table 2-89 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-90 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-88 Signal cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet) Cable

One End


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUA


137


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUA

5-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the inner air circulation fan


4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUA

Round waterproof connector

Power and monitoring port for the outer air circulation fan

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HEUA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU in the EPS30-4815AF


USB 3.0 connector


Ethernet connector

Network cable

Table 2-89 Signal cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet) Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUA


4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUA

5-pin connector



4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUA

Round waterproof connector



USB 3.0 connector


Ethernet connector

Network cable


138


2 Cable List

NOTE


Table 2-90 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



SMA male connector




8.2.13 HEUABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUA

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU


RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector


CPRI Cables The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-91 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


DLC connector


DLC connector



RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


139


2 Cable List

Table 2-92 RF cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN male connector

ANT_TX/RXA or ANT_TX/ RXB port on the RRU

DIN male connector

Antenna system

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

Waterproofe d DB9 male connector

RET port on the RRU

Standard AISG female connector

Standard AISG male connector on the RCU or on the AISG multi-wire cable

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

Standard AISG male connector

Standard AISG female connector on the AISG extension cable


Standard AISG male connector on the RCU

2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of the cables, such as PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery. The cable list provides reference for the installation of cables.

PGND Cables PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections. Table 2-93 PGND cables Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


OMB PGND cable

OT terminal


OT terminal


RRU PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the RRU

OT terminal



140


2 Cable List

Power Cables Table 2-94 and Table 2-95 list the power cables for an AC cabinet. Table 2-96 and Table 2-97 list the power cables for a DC cabinet. Table 2-94 Power cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

L/L1 and N/L2 terminals on the INPUT side of the ETP48100A1

Cord end terminal

L/N, N/L, and PE ports on the AC surge protection box

OT terminal

PDU10D-01

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the PDU10D-01

3V3 connector


PDU10D-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN0(+) and NEG0(-) terminals near the OUTPUT silkscreen on the ETP48100-A1

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INTPUT: -48V silkscreen on the PDU10D-01

ETP48100-A1 Power Cable

Table 2-95 Power cables in an AC cabinet to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal

INPUT: AC silkscreen on the PDU10D-01




EPC4 connector


3V3 connector



EPC4 connector



RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports on the RRU


141


2 Cable List

Table 2-96 Power cables in a DC cabinet installed before delivery Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPC4 connector


3V3 connector


Table 2-97 Power cables in a DC cabinet to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INTPUT: -48V silkscreen on the PDU10D-01




EPC4 connector


3V3 connector



EPC4 connector



RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports on the RRU

Transmission Cables Table 2-98 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery Table 2-96 lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-98 Transmission cables installed before delivery Cable

One End


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB25 male connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU


142


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the BBU

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT in the BBU 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Table 2-99 Transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU




RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector

Routing device


143


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT in the BBU

l SC connector l LC connector

Signal Cables Table 2-100 and Table 2-101 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-102 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-100 Signal cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUB

Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector


Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan

4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector


8.1.5 PMU 11AHEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HEUB

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11A on the ETP48100-A1


RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the HEUB


144


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


USB3.0 connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

Table 2-101 Signal cables installed in a DC cabinet before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUB

Monitoring signal 4-pin cable for the inner connector air circulation fan

IntFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector


Monitoring signal 4-pin cable for the outer connector air circulation fan

ExtFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector



RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the RJ45 connector ELU

ELU port on the HEUB


USB3.0 connector



Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


145


2 Cable List

Table 2-102 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



SMA male connector




8.2.12 HEUBBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUB

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU


RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector


CPRI Cables The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-103 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


DLC connector


DLC connector



RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


146


2 Cable List

Table 2-104 RF cables to be installed onsite Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN male connector

ANT_TX/RXA or ANT_TX/ RXB port on the RRU

DIN male connector

Antenna system

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

Waterproofe d DB9 male connector

RET port on the RRU


Standard AISG male connector on the RCU or on the AISG multi-wire cable

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

Standard AISG male connector

Standard AISG female connector on the AISG extension cable


Standard AISG male connector on the RCU


147


3 Cable Connections

3

Cable Connections

About This Chapter This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections. 3.1 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations. 3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. 3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured. 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode base station. 3.6 RF Cable Connections Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


148


3 Cable Connections

3.1 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC, -48 V DC, and +24 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 110 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC threephase, and 220 V AC single-phase power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC three-phase power as an example. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220 V). Figure 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


149


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see FAN Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11 and P12

For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P13

For details, see EPS4890 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Table 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8



150


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11 and P12


Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Figure 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

The following table describes the power cables in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Table 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8


P11 and P12


P25 to P28

For details, see EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890 NOTE

The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


151


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-4 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side. Figure 3-5 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


152


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890. Table 3-4 Power cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 No.

Description

P1 and P2


BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC singlephase, and 110 V dual-live-wire power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC threephase power as an example. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220 V). Figure 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


153


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-5 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7

For details, see FAN 03B Power Cable.

P8 and P9


P10 and P11

For details, see DCDU-11A Power Cable.

P12 and P13

For details, see ETP48150-A3 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


154


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8 and P9


P10 and P11


BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


155


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC. Table 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC No.

Description

P1

For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P2 to P7


P8

For details, see FAN 03C Power Cable.

P9 and P10


P11


P12

For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.

P13 to P21

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


156


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup). Table 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for backup power)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1


P2 to P7


P8



157


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P9 and P10


P11


P12


P13 to P21


P22 to P24

For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


158


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission). Table 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) No.

Description

P1


P2 to P7


P8


P9 and P10


P11


P12


P13 to P21


Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-11 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


159


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8 and P9


P10 and P11


P12 and P13


P14 to P22


3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L. The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


160


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-12 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-11 Power cables No.

Description

P1 to P4


P5 to P10


P11


P12


P13 and P14

For details, see 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable.

BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L. The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


161


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-13 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-12 Power cables

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0 to P5, P10 to P15


P6 to P16


P7 and P8


P9


P17 to P20



162


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections of a BTS3900L cabinet.

Power Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario, using the BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example. Figure 3-14 Power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

The following table describes the power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


163


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-13 Power cable connections No.

Description



P6 and P16


P7 and P8


P9

For details, see EPU05A-02 Power Cable.

P17


P18 to P21


Power Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario, using the BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example. Figure 3-15 Power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


164


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-14 Power cable connections No.

Description



P6 and P16


P7 and P8


P9


P17 to P20


NOTE

When the BTS3900L cabinet is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BBU is installed below the lower DCDU-12A, the DCDU-12B is installed below the BBU, and the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B supply power to the nine RRUs.

3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).

BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


165


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-15 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable.

P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9

For details, see FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see FAN 01A Power Cables.

P11

For details, see Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.


166


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P15 to P17


P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see DCDU-03C Power Cable.

P18


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-17 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


167


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P13


P15 to P18


P12 and P14


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with two BBUs and 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


168


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-18 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-17 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P13


P15 to P18

For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12 and P14


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. NOTE

When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are the same as those in the first RFC.

Figure 3-19 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-18 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with two BBUs 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs. Figure 3-20 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


171


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-19 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


172


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-20 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2 and P19


P3 to P8


P9

For details, see FAN 02B Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10


P11

See Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17


P12 and P14


P13


P18


P20

For details, see Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs +2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


174


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P0


P1


P2 and P19


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P13


P12 and P14


P15 to P17


P18

It is a power cable between the cascaded fans in a battery cabinet.

P20


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. NOTE

When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are the same as those in the first RFC.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


175


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11

For details, see Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.


176


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario. Figure 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


177


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

See EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11


P15 to P17

See Storage Battery Power Cable.

P12

See 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

See DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

See DCDU-12A Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


178


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-25 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10



179


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13


P14


P18


P19


P20


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


180


3 Cable Connections



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P15

See Storage Battery Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12


P13


P14


P16, P17

See Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/ IBBS300Ts.

P18


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H. NOTE


Figure 3-27 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


182


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-26 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D +1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

See EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P2

See Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

P9

See FAN 02D Power Cable

P10

See FAN 01C Power Cable

P11


P15 to P17

See Storage Battery Power Cable

P12

Power cable for the fan in the IBBS700D

P13

See DCDU-12C Power Cable

P14

See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P18

See 6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

P19

See DCDU-12A Power Cable

P20

See CMUEA Power Cable

P21

See 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


183


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-28 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-27 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds +1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13



184


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P14


P18


P19


P20


P21 to P29

See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.

P30

See DCDU-12B Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H



185


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-28 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-30 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


186


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-29 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P12 to P20

See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.

P21

See DCDU-12B Power Cable.

BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power cable connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario NOTE

l This section describes the power cable connections in a scenario where BBU 1 is installed in an APM30H. The cable connections to BBU 1 in a TMC11H are the same as those in this scenario. l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections. l The power cable connections of an IBBS200D are the same as those of an IBBS200T. This section uses an IBBS200D as an example. l The power cable connections of an IBBS300D are the same as those of an IBBS300T. This section uses an IBBS300D as an example.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


187


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-31 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-30 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9

For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.

P10

For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.


188


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13


P14


P18


2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-32 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


189


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-31 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13


P14


P18


P19

For details, see Power Cable Between Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


190


3 Cable Connections



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10



191


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11 and P15


P12


P13


P14


P16 and P17

For details, see Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

P18


1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs. Figure 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


192


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-33 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13


P14


P18


P19


P20

For details, see 6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable.

P21


2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


193


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P15 to P17


P12



194


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P13


P14


P18


P19


P20


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H



195


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-37 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


196


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P12


P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


197


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-38 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 12 RFCs+1 TMC11H +9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-37 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P12

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P13


BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


199


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the transfer terminal

P1

Input power cable for the APM30H

P2 and P9

CMUEA power cables

P3 and P16 to P18

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC11H

P8

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P10 to P15

RFU power cables

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


200


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0


P1 and P5

CMUEA power cables

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

P4


P6 to P11

RFU power cables

BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC +2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


201


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2 and P9

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P16 to P18


P4


P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC

P8

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P10 to P15

RFU power cables


202


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC +2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-42 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0


P1 and P5

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

P4


P6 to P11

RFU power cables

3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


203


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL supplied with -48 V DC power and 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-43 Power cable connections (1)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-42 Power cable connections (1)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.

P1 to P4


P5

For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P6 and P7

For details, see 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P8 and P9


P10

For details, see Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

P11, P12, and P13(1)

For details, see PDU03D-01 Power Cable.

P14 to P22


P23

For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.

NOTE

(1) If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, two input power cables are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet. If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, three input power cables are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. Figure 3-44 Power cable connections (2)



205


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-43 Power cables (2) No.

Description

P0

For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4


P5

For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

P6


P7, P16, and P17


P8

For details, see ETP48400 Power Cable.

P9 and P11


P10


P12 and P15


P13 and P14


P18 to P26


P27


P28 to P30


P31


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 IBBS700D and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the power cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


206


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-45 Power cable connections (3)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-44 Power cables (3)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4


P5


P6


P7, P9, and P10


P8


P35 and P11


P12, P13, and P16


P14 and P15


P17 to P25


P26



207


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P27 to P30


P31 to P33


P34

For details, see 6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System.

P36


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+2 IBBS300Ds and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. When an IBBS300T instead of an IBBS300D is used, the power cable connections are the same. Figure 3-46 Power cable connections (3)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-45 Power cables (3)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0

For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P1 to P4


P5


P6


P7, P9, and P10


P8


P35 and P11


P12, P13, and P16


P14 and P15


P17 to P25


P26


P27 to P30

For details, see Power cables for the battery cabinet.

P31 and P32


P33

For details, see Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

P34


P36


3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 This section describes power cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different types of cabinets.

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


209


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios When 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or dual-mode base station, the EPS in the APM30H (Ver.B) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distribute the power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.B). The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-46 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2 and P11

FAN 02A power cables

P3


P4


P5


P6



210


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P7

RRU power cable

P8

DCDU-03C power cable

P9

6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film

When 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or dual-mode base station, the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.C) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distribute power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.C). The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-48 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2



211


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3 and P4


P5


P6

RRU power cable

P7


P8


P9


P10


P11

FAN 02B power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T. Figure 3-49 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


212


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-48 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T No.

Description

P1 and P9


P2 and P10


P3


P4


P5

6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

P6


P7

RRU power cable

P8


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T. Figure 3-50 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T



213


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-49 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2


P3

6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater

P4


P5

RRU power cable

P6


P7


P8


P9


P10

FAN 02B power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-51 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


214


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-50 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2 and P12


P3


P5 and P13


P7


P8

RRU power cable

P9


P11


P4 and P14


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


215


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-52 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-51 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2 and P4


P3


P5


P6

RRU power cable

P7


P9 and P13


P10


P11

FAN 02B power cable

P8 and P12



216


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts. Figure 3-53 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-52 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P9


P2 and P11


P3


P5 and P12


P7


P8

RRU power cable

P10


P4 and P13



217


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts. Figure 3-54 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-53 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2 and P3


P4


P5

RRU power cable

P6


P8 and P11


P9


P10

FAN 02B power cable

P7 and P12

Storage Battery Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218


3 Cable Connections

A triple- or quadruple-mode DBS3900 requires two BBUs: BBU 0 and BBU 1. The power cable connections in the cabinet housing BBU 0 are the same as those in the cabinet housing BBU 1. Figure 3-55 and Figure 3-56 show the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station, using the scenario of configuring BBUs in the APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example. Figure 3-55 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-54 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2 and P11


P3


P4


P5


P6



219


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P7

RRU power cable

P8


P9


Figure 3-56 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds P2

P2

P12 P11

P1

P1 P9

P9 P10

P7

P9

BBU0

P3

P7

P10

BBU1

P6

P3 P6

P4

P4 P5

P5

P13 P14

P13 P14

P8

P8

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-55 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2, P6, and P12


P3


P5 and P13


P7


P8

RRU power cable

P9


P11



220


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4 and P14


Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios If a single- or dual-mode base station uses an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V), the EPS24S48100DC in the APM30H converts the +24 V DC power into -48 V DC power, which is supplied to the DCDU-03B. The DCDU-03B distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, and other components. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-56 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V) No.

Description

P1

EPS24S48100DC power cable

P2


P3


P4

RRU power cable

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


221


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B), each TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-03B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

P1


P2

FAN 02A power cable

P3


P4


When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C), each TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-11B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-59 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


222


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1


P2

FAN 02B power cable

P3


P4


Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

l When a base station is configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs. l When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs, and an ODM must be configured to obtain power from the DCDU-12B and provide the power to the remaining RRUs. This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 15 RRUs as an example.

When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


223


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-60 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-59 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P13



224


3 Cable Connections

When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200T (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-61 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-60 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P9


P12


P13


When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-62 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-61 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P15


When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds, the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS300Ds. A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-63 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


227


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-62 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4

Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

P5


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P13

Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

P14

Cascading power cable for the fans

P15


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T. NOTE

This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS700D. The power cable connections in the IBBS700T are the same as those in the IBBS700D.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


228


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-64 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-63 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1, P10, and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5

6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

P6


P7


P9


P12

DCDU-12B Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). Figure 3-65 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-64 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14

6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P6


P7


P9


P12


P15


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds. NOTE

This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS300D. The power cable connections in the IBBS300T are the same as those in the IBBS300D, except for the connection of cable P10.

Figure 3-66 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


231


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-65 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7


P9


P10

6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable (optional in the IBBS300D)

P12


P13

Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

P14


P15


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


232


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-67 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-66 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12



233


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-68 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-67 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


234


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7


P9


P12


P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-69 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


235


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-68 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P15


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). NOTE

When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


236


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-70 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-69 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P12


P15



237


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts. Figure 3-71 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300T

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-70 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P9


P12


P13 and P14

Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/ IBBS300Ts

P15


In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T, the power cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure 3-64. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration. In a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts, the power cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure 3-66. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration.

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E). NOTE

l This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 21 RRUs as an example. l When a base station is configured with 1 to 6 RRUs, the EPU supplies power to all RRUs. l When a base station is configured with 7 to 15 RRUs, three PDU03D-02 modules need to be installed in the EPU to supply power to the seventh to fifteenth RRUs. l When a base station is configured with 16 to 21 RRUs, one PDU01D-01 needs to be installed in the EPU to provide power for an ODM, and the ODM then provides the power to the sixteenth to twenty-first RRUs. l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections. l The power cable connections of the IBBS200D are the same as those of the IBBS200T. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. l The power cable connections of the IBBS300D are the same as those of the IBBS300T. This section uses the IBBS300D as an example.

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


239


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-72 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-71 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2

FAN 02E Power Cable

P3

BBU Power Cable

P4

Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box


240


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P5

Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6

RRU Power Cables

P7


P8

Power Cable for a Heating Film

P9

ODM Power Cable

P10

Power Cable Between Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


241


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-73 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-72 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1


P2

FAN 02E Power Cable

P3

BBU Power Cable

P4

Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box


242


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P5

Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

P6

RRU Power Cables

P7


P8

Power Cable for a Heating Film

P9

ODM Power Cable

P10 and P11

Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TM11H+1 IBBS200T are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


243


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-74 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H +1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-73 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H +1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

Input power cable for the APM30H

P2

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P8 to P11


P4

Input power cable for the transfer terminal

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7



244


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMC11Hs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-75 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-74 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs No.

Description

P0


P1

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


245


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-76 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-75 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P8 to P10


P4


P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


246


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-77 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-76 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs No.

Description

P0


P1

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), the TMC11H is configured with two DCDU-12Bs, which distribute power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-78 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


247


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-77 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1


P2


P3

FAN 02D Power Cable

P4


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- quadruple- mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-79 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-78 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1


P2


P3

FAN 02D Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4


Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E). The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


249


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-80 Power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


250


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-79 Power cables in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs No.

Description

P1


P2

BBU Power Cable

P3

FAN 02E Power Cable

P4

RRU Power Cables

P5


P6

ODM Power Cable

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB. Figure 3-81 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


251


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-80 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB No.

Description

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan

P2

HEUA power cable

P3


P4

DCDU-05 power cable

P5

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan

P6

EPS30-4815AF power cable

P7

6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box

P8


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) for which no backup power is provided. Figure 3-82 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


252


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-81 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power) No.

Description

P1


P2


P3 and P6


P4


P5


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is required, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds. Figure 3-83 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-82 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1


P2

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3 and P6


P4


P5


P7

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB. Figure 3-84 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-83 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1


P2

HEUA power cable

P3


P4


254


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P5


P6


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C). Figure 3-85 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-84 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1


P2


P3


P4



255


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and with two BBUs installed in the TP48600A in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios. This section describes the power cable connections when the base station uses an IBBS700D. The power cable connections are the same when the base station uses an IBBS700T. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.

Figure 3-86 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-85 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

PDU05A-03 power cable

P2 to P5


P6


P7

Power cable for the power distribution box

P8


P9


256


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10 to P21


The following figure shows the power cable connections in the following scenario: A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A that uses the 110 V AC or 220 V AC power supply. This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. When the IBBS300T is configured, the power cable for the AC junction box is not required. Connections of other power cables are the same as those when the IBBS300D is configured. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.

Figure 3-87 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-86 Power cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds +1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

PDU05A-03 power cable

P2 to P5


P6


P7

6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

257


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P8


P9

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box (optional in the IBBS300D)

P10 to P21


P22


Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes the power cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in a DC IBC10 The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


258


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-88 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10

The following table describes the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-87 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P0


P1, P2, and P15

USU power cables


259


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3 to P12

BBU power cables

P13 and P14

Power cables for the fan assembly

3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3910A.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds. Figure 3-89 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured



260


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-88 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured No.

Description

P1


P2


P3

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

P4


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls. Figure 3-90 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


261


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-89 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured No.

Description

P1

IBBS20L Power Cable

P2


P3

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls

P4


Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with DC power and configured with 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs. Figure 3-91 Power cable connections in a DC scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-90 Power cables in a scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1


262


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2


3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and BTS3900C DC cabinet. l

BTS3900C AC cabinet Figure 3-92 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-92 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-91 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Table 3-91 Power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

SN

Cable

P1


P2

Power cable for the HEUA Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

263


l

3 Cable Connections

SN

Cable

P3

BBU power cable

P4

DCDU-05 power cable

P5


P6

RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)

P7

AC input power cable for the 4815 power system

P8

Power Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

BTS3900C DC cabinet Figure 3-93 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Figure 3-93 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-92 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Table 3-92 Power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

SN

Cable

P1


P2

Power cable for the HEUA

P3


P4

BBU power cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

264


3 Cable Connections

SN

Cable

P5

RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)

P6

DC input power cable for the cabinet

BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet and a BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-94 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-93 Power cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.

P2

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

265


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3

For details, see ETP48100-A1 Power Cable.

P4, P6


P5


Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C DC Cabinet The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet. Figure 3-95 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-94 Power cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.

P2


P3



266


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4


3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations.

3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station In a GSM, UMTS, or LTE base station, E1/T1 cables, FE/GE Ethernet cables, and FE/GE fiber optic cables can be used to transmit data. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a single-mode base station. Table 3-95 Transmission configuration principles Principle Classific ation

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Principles classified by transmissi on modes

BBU3 900

l In a GSM base station, if only the GTMU/GTMUb/GTMUc/ UMPT has no available transmission port, the UTRP is configured to provide extension transmission ports.

3900 series base stations

l In a UMTS base station, if the UTRP is configured, transmission cables must be connected to the UTRP. l In an LTE base station, FE/GE fiber optic cables are preferentially used for data transmission.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


267


Principle Classific ation

3 Cable Connections

BBU


BBU3 910

l In GO mode


– In a GBTS using E1/T1 transmission, the GTMUb/ GTMUc provides ports for FE transmission cables. – In an eGBTS using E1/T1 transmission, the UMPT provides ports for transmission cables. l In a UMTS base station, transmission cables are connected to the UMPTb by default. If more transmission ports are required, a UTRPc or UTRPa is required. In this case, transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc or UTRPa. l In an LTE base station, the UMPTb needs to be configured to provide transmission ports.

Principles classified by base station types

-

-

-

l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that processes signals for surge protectiona.

l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a UFLP that processes signals for surge protection.

l Outdoor DBS3900

E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

l Indoor DBS3900

l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


268


3 Cable Connections

Principle Classific ation

BBU



a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows: l When an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) is used for a BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is configured in the APM30H. l When an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A). l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for the UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge protection function. l When an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the OMB.

Description Table 3-96 and Table 3-97 describe the transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes. Table 3-96 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the BBU3900 Trans missi on Mode

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

Trans missio n over E1/T1 cables

GSM

The GTMU/GTMUb/GTMUcprovides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-96, Figure 3-97, Figure 3-98, and Figure 3-99 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.


Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


269


Trans missi on Mode

Trans missio n over FE/GE cables

3 Cable Connections


Cable Connection


LTE

The BBU is configured with a UMPT, and the UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 3 in Figure 3-96, Figure 3-97, Figure 3-98, and Figure 3-99 show the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

GSM

Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured with a UTRP, the GTMU provides FE/ GE optical ports for transmission cables.


Scenario 2: If the BBU is not configured with a UTRP, the GTMU provides FE/ GE electrical ports for transmission cables. UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/ GE optical ports for transmission cables.


Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRP9, and the UTRP9 provides FE/ GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. LTE

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.


a: Figure 3-96, Figure 3-97, Figure 3-98, and Figure 3-99 show the transmission cable connections in different types of base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


270


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-97 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the BBU3910 Trans missi on Mode


Cable Connection


Trans missio n over E1/T1 cables

GSM

The UMPTb or GTMUb/GTMUc provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-100, Figure 3-101, Figure 3-102, and Figure 3-103 show cable connections in this scenario.

UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 2 in Figure 3-100, Figure 3-101, Figure 3-102, and Figure 3-103 show cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. Trans missio n over FE/GE cables

GSM

The UMPTb or GTMUb/GTMUc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.


UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 4 in Figure 3-100, Figure 3-101, Figure 3-102, and Figure 3-103 show cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. LTE

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.


a: l Figure 3-100, Figure 3-101, Figure 3-102, and Figure 3-103 show the transmission cable connections in different types of base stations. l In these figures, GSM scenarios use UMPTb boards as examples.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


271


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 Figure 3-96 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors, or a BTS3900A

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


272


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-97 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-98 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


273


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-99 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


274


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-100 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors, or a BTS3900A


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


275


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-101 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



276


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-102 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


277


3 Cable Connections


T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable


3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted by using co-transmission. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base station when co-transmission is implemented.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


278


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-98 Transmission configuration principles Princi ple Classi ficatio n

BBU



Princip les classifi ed by transmi ssion modes

BBU3900

l For a GU dual-mode base station using the TDM-based co-transmission function, the UTRP homed on the GSM side or the GTMU provides transmission ports.


l For a GU dual-mode base station using the IP-based co-transmission function, the UTRP homed on the UMTS side, the WMPT, or the UMPT is preferentially used to provide transmission ports. l For a GL dual-mode base station, the UMPT is preferentially used to provide transmission ports. l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UTRP homed on the LTE side, the LMPT, or the UMPT is preferentially used to provide transmission ports. BBU3910

l Co-transmission is used in co-MPT base stations by default. In this case, the UMPTb is configured, and the IP over FE/GE transmission mode is preferentially used. l When a separate-MPT base station uses cotransmission, a UMPTb is configured and IP over FE/GE co-transmission is preferentially used. If more transmission ports are required, a UTRPc can be configured and transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc. l In a separate base station, if the GSM mode is deployed on a GTMUb or GTMUc, transmission cables can only be connected to the UMPT deployed with UMTS mode rather than the GTMUb or GTMUc to support co-transmission. If more transmission ports are required, a UTRPc can be configured and transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


279


3 Cable Connections

Princi ple Classi ficatio n

BBU



Princip les classifi ed by base station types

-


l BTS3900A or BTS3900A L


l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012A E (Ver.D_Z)

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900A L l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012A E (Ver.D_Z)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


280


Princi ple Classi ficatio n

3 Cable Connections

BBU




Description Table 3-99 and Table 3-100 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes, respectively. Table 3-99 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-transmission) configured with the BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


TDMbased cotransm ission

GU

Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured with a UTRP, the GTMU or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.


Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.


281


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


IPbased cotransm ission in IP over E1/T1 mode

GU

Scenario 1: The WMPT or UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The WMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports.


Scenario 2: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports. Scenario 3: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables and the UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane. GL

The UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane.


UL

The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports or optical ports.



282


3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


IPbased cotransm ission in IP over FE/GE mode

GU

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ GE electrical ports for transmission cables.


Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The GTMU is interconnected with the UTRP by optical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane. Scenario 6: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


283


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GL



Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a backplane. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


284


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


UL



Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the WMPT or UMPT through the BBU backplane. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane.

Route backu p and IPbased cotransm ission

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

G*U, G*L, and U*L

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables.


GU

Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports.


Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports.


285


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports.


Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. UL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports. Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports.

Hybrid transm ission

UL

Scenario 1: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports. Scenario 2: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports.




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


286


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-100 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using cotransmission) configured with the BBU3910 Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


IPbased cotransm ission in IP over FE/GE mode

GU

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(U) provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-108 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. GL

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

UL

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

G*U, G*L, and U*L

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.


Illustration 2 in Figure 3-108 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustration 2 in Figure 3-108 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustration 3 in Figure 3-108 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

287


3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


Hybrid transm ission

G*U, G*L, and U*L

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustration 4 in Figure 3-108 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc. The UMPTb provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa, the UMPTb provides optical ports or electrical ports for transmission cables, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-108 apply to all types of base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


288


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


289


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-104 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A or a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T3: 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports


T5: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


290


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-105 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable





-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


291


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-106 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB


T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable






-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


292


3 Cable Connections



T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable






-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


293


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-108 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station



3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted using separate transmission. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base station using separate transmission. Table 3-101 Transmission configuration principles

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Principle Classifica tion

BBU



Principles classified by transmissio n modes

BBU 3900 or BBU 3910

l In separate-MPT scenarios, data of different modes is separately transmitted.


l Data transmission of different modes does not affect each other.


294


3 Cable Connections

Principle Classifica tion

BBU



Principles classified by base station types

-


l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL


l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


295


3 Cable Connections

Description Table 3-102 and Table 3-103 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes, respectively. Table 3-102 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GSM E1/T1 +UMT S E1/ T1

GU

Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.


GSM FE/GE +UMT S FE/ GE

GU

Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE optical ports for transmission cables.


GSM E1/T1 +LTE FE/GE

GL

Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE electrical ports for transmission cables.

The GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports or FE optical ports for transmission cables.



296


3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GSM FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

GL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE electrical ports for transmission cables.


UMTS E1/T1 +LTE FE/GE

UL

Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides FE optical ports and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP. The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports or FE optical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The UTRP is configured for UMTS. The UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports or FE optical ports for transmission cables.

UMTS FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

UL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide FE electrical ports for transmission cables. Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides FE optical ports for transmission cables, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 5 in Figure 3-109, Figure 3-110, Figure 3-111, and Figure 3-112 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustrations 6 in Figure 3-109, Figure 3-110, Figure 3-111, and Figure 3-112 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


297


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-103 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3910 Transmission Mode

Appl icabl e Mod e

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connection sa

l GSM E1/T1 +UMTS E1/ T1

GU

l For the GSM mode, transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the UMPT(G), GTMUc, or GTMUb.

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-113 shows the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

l GSM E1/T1 +UMTS FE/ GE

l For the UMTS mode, transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the UMPT(U). A UTRPa can be configured for UMTS to provide E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.

l GSM FE/GE +UMTS FE/ GE l GSM FE/GE +UMTS E1/ T1 l GSM E1/T1 +LTE FE/ GE

GL

l GSM FE/GE +LTE FE/ GE

l UMTS E1/ T1+LTE FE/ GE l UMTS FE/ GE+LTE FE/GE

l For the GSM mode, transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the UMPT(G), GTMUc, or GTMUb. l For the LTE mode, transmission cables can be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/ GE optical ports on the UMPT(L).

UL

l For the UMTS mode, transmission cables can be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the UMPT(U). l For the LTE mode, transmission cables can be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/ GE optical ports on the UMPT(L).

Illustration 2 in Figure 3-113 shows the transmission cable connections in this scenario. Illustration 3 in Figure 3-113 shows the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

a: l The transmission cable connections in Figure 3-113 apply to different types of base stations. l In this figure, GSM scenarios use UMPTb boards as examples.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


298


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 Figure 3-109 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A or a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors


T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable



-

-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

-


299


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)




300


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-111 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB





-

-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

-


301


3 Cable Connections






-

-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

-


302


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-113 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station


3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station This section describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Description In this document, BBU 0 and BBU 1 are used to differentiate the two BBUs in a triple-mode base station. l

In an expanded base station, BBU 0 is the one installed during the initial site deployment, and BBU 1 is the one added during the capacity expansion.

l

In a new base station, BBU 0 is the one working in GU or GL mode, and BBU 1 is the one working in LO or UO mode.

l

The difference between the GL+U configuration and U+GL configuration is as follows: The GL+U configuration applies to both a new base station and an expanded base station, whereas the U+GL configuration applies only to an expanded base station.

The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


303


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-104 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station BBU

Triple-Mode Scenario

Working Mode of the BBU

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU 3900

GU+L (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode.

GL+U (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode.

U+GL (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in UO mode, and BBU 1 works in GL modes.

G+UL (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GO mode, and BBU 1 works in UL modes.

l Transmission cable connections in GU modes are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details, see 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission and 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission. l For transmission cable connections in LO mode, see 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station.

GU+L (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 1 or 2 in Figure 3-114.

GL+U (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 3 or 4 in Figure 3-114.

GU+UL (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in UL modes. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 5 in Figure 3-114.

l G*U*L

The BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in triplemode co-MPT scenarios.


The BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in triplemode separate-MPT scenarios. The main control boards of different modes communicate with each other through the BBU backplane.


l G*L*T l G[L*T] l U[L*T] l G[U*T]

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


304


BBU

BBU 3910

3 Cable Connections

Triple-Mode Scenario



G*U*L +G*U*L (UCIU +UMPT)

Each BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in GUL modes. The two BBUs are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

BBU 0 supports the cotransmission function for GUL modes. Transmission cables are not connected to BBU 1. For transmission cable connections of BBU 0, see illustration 6 in Figure 3-114.

GU+L (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode.

GL+U (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode.

l Transmission cable connections in GU modes are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details, see 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission and 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission. l For transmission cable connections in LO mode, see 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

GU+L (UMPT +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UMPT boards.

The UMPTb(L) is preferentially used to provide an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE electrical port. For details about the transmission cable connections, see illustration 1 in Figure 3-115.

GL+U (UMPT +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UMPT boards.

The UMPTb(L) is preferentially used to provide an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE electrical port. For details about the transmission cable connections, see illustration 2 in Figure 3-115.

G*U*L

The BBU is configured with a UMPTb and works in GUL coMPT mode.



305


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station configured with the BBU3900. Figure 3-114 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all types of triple-mode base stations)


Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station configured with the BBU3910. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


306


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-115 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all types of triple-mode base stations)


3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station This section describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Description The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios. Table 3-105 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

BBU

Base Stati on



BBU 3900

G*U* L*T base statio n

A single BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in quadruple modes.

For details, see Figure 3-116.


307


3 Cable Connections

BBU

Base Stati on



BBU 3910

G*U* L*T base statio n

l In a newly deployed base station, a single BBU is configured with a UMPTb and works in quadruple modes. If active/standby backup of main control boards or signaling extension is required, a second UMPTb needs to be configured.

For details, see Figure 3-116.

l If a co-MPT single-, dual-, or triple-mode base station configured with one BBU requires capacity expansion, the original main control board needs to be reserved. If the base station requires signaling extension, a second UMPTb needs to be configured. l If a base station needs to be expanded to a co-MPT base station configured with two BBUs, both BBU 0 and BBU 1 need to be configured with a UMPTb.

Illustration of Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station. Figure 3-116 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station (applying to all types of quadruple-mode base stations)


3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


308


3 Cable Connections

3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V or 220 V). Figure 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-106 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

309


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs.

S5 and S6

For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S7

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S8 and S9

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (-48 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-107 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

310


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5


S6 and S7


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (+24 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Figure 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


311


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-108 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V) No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4


S5


S6 and S7


S8

For details, see 8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9 and S10

For details, see 8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) InPosition Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890 NOTE

The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890. Figure 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


312


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side. Figure 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side

Table 3-109 Monitoring signal cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1



313


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V or 220 V). Figure 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-110 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1 and S2



314


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S3

For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.

S5 and S6


S7


S8 and S9


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-111 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

315


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2


S3 and S6


S4


S5


BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


316


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power. Table 3-112 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC No.

Description

S1


S2

For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


317


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-125 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Table 3-113 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3



318


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-126 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


319


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-114 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-127 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


320


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-115 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3


S4

For details, see 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

S5


S6 and S7


3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


321


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet. Table 3-116 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4 and S5



322


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario. Figure 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


323


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S5


BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L (Ver.D). NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


324


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-118 Monitoring signal cables in BTS3900L

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

For details, see PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.


325


3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario. Figure 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-119 Monitoring signal cables in the BTS3900L

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S5



326


3 Cable Connections

3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).

BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.B) in different power supply scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario NOTE

l The position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


327


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8


S9


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


328


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

Table 3-121 describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3


S4


S6 and S8


S7



329


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9


S10


S11


S12


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections. Figure 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


330


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3


S4


S6 and S8


S7


S9


S10


S11


S12


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


331


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU

Table 3-123 describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6



332


3 Cable Connections

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections. Figure 3-136 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.C) in different power supply scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario NOTE

l The position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


333


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2

For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

334


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5

For details, see 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6


S7


S8


S9


S10


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU. Figure 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


335


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-125 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4


S6 and S8


S7


S9


S10


S11


S12


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


336


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-126 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4


S6 and S8


S7



337


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9


S10


S11


S12


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


338


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-127 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


S7


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


339


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor.

S1 and S2

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between the CMUE and the BBU.

S3

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/EMUB.

S4

For details, see Signal Cable for the ELU.


340


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S5

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6

For details, see Temperature Monitoring Signal Cable for the RFC.

S7

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the TMC11H.

BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.D) in different power supply scenarios. NOTE

l The position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


341


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-142 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2

For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3


S4


S5

For details, see 8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.

S6


S7 and S9



342


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-143 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3

For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

343


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5


S6


S7 and S9


S8


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


344


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


S7 and S9


S8


S10

For details, see 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


345


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-145 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3

For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4


S5


S6


S7 and S9

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

346


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8


S10

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


347


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A (Ver.E) power cable connections in 1n different power supply scenarios. NOTE

l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS300D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS300T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example. l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If the upper-level board of a board is not configured, the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


348


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see ELU Signal Cable.

S1

For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see EMUA or EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4


S5

For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable.

S6

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.


349


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.

S8

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors.

S9

For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0



350


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3


S5


S6


S7


S8


S9

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs.

S10


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


351


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-149 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-136 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1


S2 and S4


S3


S5


S6


S7



352


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8


S9

For details, see 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.

S10


Monitoring signal cable connections in -a 48 V DC scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


353


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3


S4

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs.

S5


S6


BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario NOTE

If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the figures.

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


354


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Front Door

S5

Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status Sensor in an APM30H

S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9 and S17



355


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S10 and S16

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan Assembly in the RFC

S11 and S12

8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

S13, S18, and S19


S15


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-152 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


356


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

S1 and S11


S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S3


S4 and S6


S5 and S12

ELU Signal Cable

S7


S8 and S14


S9 and S10


S13


BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


357


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-153 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

S2


S3


S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet

S5, S15, and S20


S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

358


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7 and S8


S9 and S17


S10 and S16


S11 and S12


S13 and S18


S19

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


359


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs No.

Description

S0 and S13


S1


S2


S3, S5, and S15


S4


S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9


S10 and S16


S11 and S12


3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).

Monitoring signal cable connections in 110 V AC/220 V AC scenarios Scenario with a Single BBU The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


360


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-155 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-142 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs.

S1

For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5


S6

For details, see 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.

S7



361


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8

For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9


S10

For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

S12


Scenario with Two BBUs The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D). When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same. Figure 3-156 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


362


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-143 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs) No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3

For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables.

S5


S6


S7


S8


S9


S10 and S11


S12


S13


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds. When two IBBS300Ts instead of two IBBS300Ds are used, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


363


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-157 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-144 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0 and S4


S1


S2


S3


S5


S6


S7


S8


S9

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

364


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S10 and S11


S12


S13


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios Scenario with a Single BBU The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet. Figure 3-158 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU)


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


365


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-145 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU) No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


S7


Scenario with Two BBUs The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


366


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-159 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-146 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3 and S4


S5


S6


S7


S8

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

367


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9


3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900 This section describes monitoring signal cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different types of cabinets.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B). Figure 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


368


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C). Figure 3-161 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

369


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C). Figure 3-162 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-149 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5



370


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B). Figure 3-163 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) S1

S2 S3

S1

S1

S2

S6

S1

S5

S6 S4

S6 S4

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


371


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-164 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic cabinet and BBU 1 is installed in the extension cabinet. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure uses the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when BBUs are installed in two APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


372


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-165 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-152 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two TMC11Hs (Ver.B).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


373


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-166 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-153 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1 and S2


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two TMC11Hs (Ver.C). Figure 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


374


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-154 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If a triplemode base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when the BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.B). Figure 3-168 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-155 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1 and S2


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


375


3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station Figure 3-169 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). Figure 3-169 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-156 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-156 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Figure 3-170 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


376


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-170 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Table 3-157 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-157 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


Figure 3-171 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


377


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-171 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Table 3-158 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-158 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


S5

8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

Figure 3-172 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


378


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-172 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Table 3-159 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-159 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


S5

8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

Figure 3-173 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds. NOTE

The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS300T are the same as those in an IBBS300D. The following figure and table use an IBBS300D an example.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


379


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-173 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

Table 3-160 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-160 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

S1


S2 and S3


S4

8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


380


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-174 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


381


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-175 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T

No.

Description

S1


S4

8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is not configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 2 U space below BBU 0 in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-176 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


382


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-176 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-161 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-161 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


Figure 3-177 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). NOTE

If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-177.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


383


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-177 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Table 3-162 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-162 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


Figure 3-177 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) +2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). NOTE

If the base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), and BBU 1 is installed in the 1U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections for the base station are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-178.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


384


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-178 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Table 3-163 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-163 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3



385


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-179 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). NOTE

If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-179.

Figure 3-179 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

Table 3-164 describes the monitoring signal cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


386


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-164 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/T, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dualmode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-174 and Figure 3-175. In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/Ts, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-173.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E). NOTE

l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300T is different from the position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS300D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS300D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS300T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example. l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If the upper-level board of a board is not configured, the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


387


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-180 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-165 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0

ELU Signal Cable

S1

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs

S3

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

S5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

388


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6


S7

PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds. Figure 3-181 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


389


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-166 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds No.

Description

S0

ELU Signal Cable

S1


S2


S3


S4

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

S5


S6


S7

PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario NOTE

If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the figures.

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


390


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-182 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4


S5

Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status Sensor in an APM30H

S6

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9 and S10



391


3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMC11Hs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-183 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-168 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S6


S5

ELU Signal Cable

S6


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


392


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-184 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-169 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

S2


S3


S4


S5 and S10


S6

ELU Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

393


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7 and S8


S9


S11 and S12


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-185 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-170 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3 and S5


S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

394


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6


S7 and S8


Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-186 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-171 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs and one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


395


3 Cable Connections

NOTE

When the base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections in the base station is the same as those in the base station where two BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) separately, as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-187.

Figure 3-187 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Table 3-172 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-172 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S2


Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E). NOTE

l When a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example. l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If the upper-level board of a board is not configured, the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


396


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-188 Monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-173 Monitoring signal cables when two TMC11Hs are configured No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3


S4

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03. l

For details about the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the IMB03 or IMB03+IFS06, see DBS3900 Installation Guide and DBS3900 (ICR) Installation Guide.

l

If a DBS3900 uses the OMB or IMB03, the DBS3900 can be configured as a single- or dual-mode base station. If a DBS3900 uses the IMB03+IFS06, the DBS3900 can be configured as a triple-mode base station.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


397


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-189 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB S2

S2

S1 S4 S1 S2

S3

S3 S5

S5

S4

S2

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-174 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


398


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-190 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-175 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2 and S3

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

S4


S5

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

S6


S7

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

399


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is provided, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds. Figure 3-191 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-176 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2 and S3


S4


S5


S6

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

400


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S8


S9

8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

S10

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB. Figure 3-192 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-177 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2


S3



401


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C). Figure 3-193 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-178 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

No.

Description

S1


S2 and S3


S4


S5


S6



402


3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

Figure 3-194 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-179 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3

8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the following scenario: A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


403


3 Cable Connections

two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

Figure 3-195 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-180 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3

8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4 and S5


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes signal cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


404


3 Cable Connections

Signal Cable Connections in a DC IBC10 The following figure shows signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-196 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10

The following table describes signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


405


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-181 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 No.

Description

S0

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

S1

ELU signal cable

S2

Signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

S3 and S4

Monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensors at the air intake vents of the BBUs

S5 to S14

GPS clock signal cables

3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a BBU3910A.

2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds. Figure 3-197 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


406


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-182 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms +1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds No.

Description

S1

OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded OPM50Ms

S3

OPM50M-CMUG Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls. Figure 3-198 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


407


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-183 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms +1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls No.

Description

S1

OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable

S2

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded OPM50Ms

S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS20L

S4

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls

3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables. l

BTS3900C AC cabinet Figure 3-199 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-199 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


408


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-184 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Table 3-184 Signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet SN

l

Cable

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan

S3


S4


S5


S6

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

BTS3900C DC cabinet Figure 3-200 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Figure 3-200 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-185 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Table 3-185 Signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet SN S1 Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor


409


3 Cable Connections

SN

Cable

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B

S3

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan

S4


S5


BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V) Only one BBU can be installed in a BTS3900C. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C Cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. Figure 3-201 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C AC cabinet

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


410


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-186 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet Cable No.

Cable Description

S1


S2


S3


S4


S5


S6

8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S7

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S8


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-202 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C DC cabinet

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


411


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-187 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet Cable No.

Cable Description

S1


S2


S3


S4


S5

8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S6


3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured. NOTE

When the two BBUs are interconnected to support triple or quadruple modes, BBU 0 is the root BBU, and BBU 1 is the leaf BBU.

UCIU+UMPT In a triple or quadruplemode base station configured with two BBUs, triple or quadruple modes can be supported by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. In a UMTS singlemode base station, the UMTS service processing capacity can be expanded by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. Any port from M0 to M4 on the UCIU in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-203. NOTE

In UCIU+UMPT mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 should be BBU3900s. In UCIU+UMPT mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in single-, triple-, or quadruple-mode scenarios supporting UCIU +UMPT mode.

Table 3-188 BBU configurations Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Triple-mode scenario

GU

L

GL

U

GU

UL

G*U*L

G*U*L

GU

L*T

G[L*T]

U

Quadruple-mode scenario

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


412


3 Cable Connections

Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Single-mode scenario

U

U

Figure 3-203 Signal cable connection between the UCIU and the UMPT

UMPT+UMPT In a triple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple modes can be supported by connecting the UMPT in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. The CI port on the UMPT in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-204. NOTE

In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition: l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.

l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3910s.

l

BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.

In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of both BBU 0 and BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in UMPT+UMPT mode.

Table 3-189 BBU configurations Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1


GU

L

GL

U

GU

UL

G*U*L

G*U*L

GU

L*T

G[L*T]

U

U

U

Quadruple-mode scenario


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


413


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-204 Connections of the Interconnection Signal Cable Between UMPT boards

Baseband Interconnection The baseband processing boards in two BBUs can be connected to exchange baseband data. The following table describes the baseband interconnection scenarios. Table 3-190 Baseband interconnection scenarios Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Description

Baseband Interconnecti on Mode


GU

UL

Supported only in UCIU +UMPT mode

WBBPf +WBBPf


U

U

-

WBBPf +UBBPd_U UBBPd_U +UBBPd_U

The connections of the interconnection signal cables between two WBBPf boards, between the WBBPf and UBBPd in UMTS mode, and between the UBBPd in UMTS mode and UBBPd in UMTS mode are the same. Figure 3-205 shows the connections of the interconnection signal cable between the WBBPf and WBBPf. NOTE

Only the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in slot 2 or 3 of a BBU can be connected to the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in another BBU.

Figure 3-205 Connections of the interconnection signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


414


3 Cable Connections

3.5 CPRI Cable Connections CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode base station.

3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections in GSM base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in typical GSM base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


415


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-191 Principles of CPRI cable connections BBU

Board Configuration and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustratio n of Cable Connectio ns

BBU390 0

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by RF modules, the GTMU/GTMUb/ GTMUc or UMPT can be configured as the main control board and the UBRI is configured as required.

l f the BBU is configured with a UBBP, CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

Figure 3-206 and Figure 3-207 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP(G)a is required.

l If the GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules, CPRI cable connections are as follows: – If the BBU is configured with a GTMU, CPRI cables are directly connected to the GTMU/ GTMUb/GTMUc. – If the BBU is configured with a UMPT, CPRI cables are connected to the UBRI. l If RFUs and RRUs are configured together, CPRI cable connections are as follows: – CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the same UBRI when at most six CPRI ports are required. – It is recommended that CPRI cables for all RFUs be connected to a UBRI and CPRI cables for all RRUs be connected to another UBRI when more than six CPRI ports are required.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Figure 3-208 and Figure 3-209 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board.

416


3 Cable Connections

BBU




BBU391 0

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by RF modules, the GTMUb/GTMUc can be configured or the UBRI is configured as required.

l When GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules, the GTMUb/GTMUc in slot 5 or 6 or the UBRIb in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-206 and Figure 3-207 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP(G) is required.

l When GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-208 and Figure 3-209 show CPRI cable connections in scenarios where GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board.

a: The UBBP(G) is not a board type but a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-192 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


417


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-192 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO


GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO


GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


418


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-206 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

Figure 3-207 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


419


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-208 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board

Figure 3-209 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board

3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


420


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-193 Principles of CPRI cable connections BBU

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle



BBU390 0

The UBBP(U)a is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the WBBP can be configured.

CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP or WBBP in slot 2 or 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or WBBP.

Figure 3-210 shows the CPRI cable connections .

BBU391 0

Only the UBBP(U) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

The CPRI cables for RF modules can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP (U) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-194 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-194 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO



421


3 Cable Connections


Connection Priority

GO




Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-210 CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


422


3 Cable Connections

3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD base stations in typical scenarios. Table 3-195 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe




BB U39 00

LT E FD D bas e stat ion

The UBBP(L)a is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the LBBP can be configured.

The CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP or LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or LBBP.

Figure 3-211 shows the CPRI cable connections.

LT E TD D bas e stat ion

The UBBP(T) is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the LBBP can be configured.

l The CPRI cables for RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) or LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5. LTE TDD base stations support only RRUs.


LT E FD D bas e stat ion

Only the UBBP(L) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

The CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(L) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP(L).


BB U39 10

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


423


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n Ty pe




LT E TD D bas e stat ion

Only the UBBP(T) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l The CPRI cables for RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) in any of slots 0 to 5. LTE TDD base stations support only RRUs.


a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE FDD mode. The UBBP(T) in this section is a UBBP working in LTE TDD mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO



424


3 Cable Connections



Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-211 CPRI cable connections in an LTE FDD base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


425


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-212 CPRI cable connections in an LTE TDD base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


426


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-197 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

G* U bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

l When the UBBP(U)a and UBBP(G) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-213 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(U) and UBBP(G) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, WBBPf, or UBRIb. l If the UBBP is not configured, the WBBPf and UBRIb are required.

l If the UBBP(U) and UBRIb are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(G) and WBBPf are configured, either of them can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBRIb and WBBPf are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including GSM mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including UMTS mode can connect to the UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


427


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




GU bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l The UBBP is optionally configured.

l RF modulesb working in GU mode connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and UMTS modes.

Figure 3-214 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the BBU must be configured with the GTMUb/ GTMUc.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb/ GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively.

Figure 3-215 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(U) must be installed in slot 2 or 3. l If the UBBP is not configured, the WBBPf can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


428


3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 10

G* U bas e stat ion


There is no constraints on the slots for installing UBBP boards serving as the converging and converged parties. The UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.




l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l RF modulesb working in GU mode connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and UMTS modes.

Figure 3-216 shows the cable connections when UBBP is used and enabled with the dual-star topology

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

GU bas e stat ion

l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb/ GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively. When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(U) must be installed in slot 0 or 3.

Figure 3-217 shows the cable connections when UBBP and GTMUb is used and enabled with the dual-star topology Figure 3-215 shows the cable connections when UBBP is used and enabled with the CPRI_MUX feature.

a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. The UBBP(G) in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


429


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-198 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-198 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO


In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as follows: l

When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in GSM mode and RF modules working in UMTS mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded. – In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode. – In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO, UO, and GU mode.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


430


3 Cable Connections



Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-213 CPRI cable connections in a G*U base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


431


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-214 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-215 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


432


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-216 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-217 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP and GTMUb in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations. The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


433


3 Cable Connections


Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

G* L bas e stat ion


l When the UBBP(L)a and UBBP(G) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-218 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(L) and UBBP(G) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, LBBPd, or UBRIb. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd and UBRIb are required. The UBRIb must be configured in slot 0 or 1, and at least one LBBPd is configured in slots 2 and 3.

l If the UBBP(L) and UBRIb are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(G) and LBBPd are configured, either of them can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBRIb and LBBPd are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including GSM mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including LTE mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI cables. l The load sharing topology can be used. If the UBRIb and LBBPd are not configured, one CPRI cable for a dual-mode RF module is connected to the baseband processing board and the other one is connected to the baseband interface board whose

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


434


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




working mode is different from that of the baseband processing board. GL bas e stat ion




l RF modulesb working in GL mode simultaneously connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and LTE modes.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the BBU must be configured with the GTMUb/ GTMUc.

l When a GL base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb/ GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively.

Figure 3-219 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used. Figure 3-220 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(L) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(L) must be installed in slot 2 or 3. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


435


3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 10

G* L bas e stat ion







l RF modulesb working in GL mode simultaneously connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and LTE modes.

Figure 3-221 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used and only the UBBP is configured.

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

GL bas e stat ion

l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

l When a GL base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb/ GTMUc and UBRI boards, respectively. When the CPRI MUX feature is used, and a UBBP(L) serves as the converging party and provides CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, the UBBP(L) can be installed in any of slots 0 to 3.

Figure 3-222 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used and the UBBP and GTMUb are configured. Figure 3-220 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(G) in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


436


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-200 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-200 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO



When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in GSM mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded. – In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode. – In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO, LO, and GL mode.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


437


3 Cable Connections



Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-218 CPRI cable connections in a G*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


438


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-219 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-220 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


439


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-221 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-222 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP and GTMUb in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations. The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


440


3 Cable Connections


Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

U* L bas e stat ion


l If the UBBP(L)a and UBBP (U) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-223 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(L) and UBBP(U) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, LBBPd, or WBBPf. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd and WBBPf are required. In this case, the LBBPd or WBBPf must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l If the UBBP(L) and WBBPf are configured, either of them must be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(U) and LBBPd are configured, the UBBP (U) or LBBPd can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including UMTS mode can connect to the UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including LTE mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI cables. l The load sharing topology can be used. If the WBBPf and LBBPd are not configured, one CPRI cable for a dual-mode RF module is connected to the baseband processing board and the other one is connected to the baseband interface board whose working mode is different from that of the baseband processing board.


441


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




UL bas e stat ion




l RF modulesb working in GL modes connect to the baseband processing boards working in UMTS and LTE modes.

Figure 3-224 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used.

l If the UBBP is not configured and the CPRI MUX feature is used, the LBBPd and WBBPf are required. In this case, the LBBPd or WBBPf must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U) must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

Figure 3-225 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd or WBBPf can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. BB U39 10

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

U* L bas e stat ion


UL bas e stat ion






RF modules working in GL modes connects to the UBBP (U) and UBBP(L) to form a dual-stat topology. The UBBP can be configured in any of slots 0 to 5.



442


3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(U) in this section is a UBBP working in UMTS mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-202 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-202 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO



When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in UMTS mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


443


3 Cable Connections

– In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode. – In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in UO, LO, and UL modes.



Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-223 CPRI cable connections in a U*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


444


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-224 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-225 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


445


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-226 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in Triple-Mode Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections in typical triple-mode base stations. The following table describes the CPRI cable connections in typical triple-mode base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


446


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-203 CPRI cable connections BBU

Base Station



BBU39 00

Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3900s

-

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in UMTS mode, see 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station.

l GU+L base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in LTE mode, see 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations.

l GL+U base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GU mode, see 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations. For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GL mode, see 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations. Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3900s: GU+L or GL+U base station in UCIU+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.


Figure 3-227 shows the CPRI cable connections for a GU +L base station in UCIU+UMPT mode.

447


BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



Separate-MPT base station configured with one BBU

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

Figure 3-229 shows the CPRI cable connections in G [U*L] scenarios.

l G[U*L] base station l G[L*T] base station l U[L*T] base station l G[U*T] base station

l It is recommended that multimode RF modules working in co-MPT scenarios be connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. l Multimode RF modules working in separate-MPT scenarios are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in LTE TDD mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. These RF modules only can be single-mode RRUs.

Figure 3-231 shows the CPRI cable connections in G [L*T] scenarios. The CPRI cable connections in G [L*T], U[L*T], and G[U*T] scenarios are the same as those in G [L*T] scenarios.

l RRU3961 modules that can work in GUL mode are connected to the WBBPf and the GTMU/GTMUb/ GTMUc by using the dual-star topology.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


448


BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU


Figure 3-232 shows the CPRI cable connections in G*U*L scenarios.

l G*U*L base station l G*L*T base station

l Dual-mode RF modules are connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. – The CPRI cables for RF modules working in GU and GL mode are connected to the CPRI ports on the UBRI, and the CPRI cables for RF modules working in UL mode are connected to the CPRI ports on the WBBPf.

Figure 3-233 shows the CPRI cable connections in G*L*T scenarios.

– The CPRI cables for RRU3961 modules that can work in GUL mode are connected to the UBRIb. l The load sharing topology can be used. If no baseband processing board or baseband interface board is configured to support the CPRI MUX feature, CPRI cables for multimode RF modules are connected to baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in different modes. Co-MPT base station configured with two BBUs: G*U*L+G*U*L base station in UCIU+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


-

l RF modules working in GL mode are connected to the UBRI in a BBU by using the single-star topology. l RF modules working in GU mode are connected to the UBRI and WBBP in a BBU by using the dualstar topology.


449


3 Cable Connections

BBU

Base Station



BBU39 10

Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3910s

-

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in UMTS mode, see 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station.

l GU+L base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in LTE mode, see 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations.

l GL+U base station (BBUs not interconnect ed)

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GU mode, see 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations. For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GL mode, see 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations. Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3910s: GU+L or GL+U base station in UMPT+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.


Figure 3-228 shows the CPRI cable connections for a GU +L base station in UMPT+UMPT mode.

450


BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



Separate-MPT base station configured with one BBU


Figure 3-230 shows the CPRI cable connections in a G [U*L] base station.

l G[U*L] base station l G[L*T] base station

l It is recommended that multimode RF modules working in co-MPT scenarios be connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. l Multimode RF modules working in separate-MPT scenarios are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in LTE TDD mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. These RF modules only can be single-mode RRUs.

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU l G*U*L base station



l The CPRI MUX feature is used for dual-mode RF modules by default. These RF modules connect to corresponding UBBP boardsb in order of prioritya. l The load sharing topology can be used. If no baseband processing board or baseband interface board is configured to support the CPRI MUX feature, CPRI cables for multimode RF modules are connected to baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in different modes.

a: The priority based on the working modes of RF modules is GUL > UL > GL > LO > GU > UO > GO. For example, RF modules working in GUL mode preferentially connect to the BBU and then the RF modules working in UL mode connect to the BBU. RF modules working in other modes are connected to the BBU in order of priority. b: According to the working modes of the UBBP boards, the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards are listed in Table 3-204. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


451


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-204 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO




Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


452


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-227 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3900s interconnected in UCIU+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


453


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-228 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3910s interconnected in UMPT+UMPT mode

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


454


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-229 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


455


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-230 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3910

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


456


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-231 CPRI cable connections in a G[L*T] base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


457


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-232 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


458


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-233 CPRI cable connections in a G*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


459


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-234 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3910

3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios. The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in typical scenarios. Table 3-205 CPRI cable connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

BBU

Base Station



BBU3900

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU3900: G*U*L*T base station

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dualstar topology.


l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. l If the LBBP boards working in LTE FDD and LTE TDD modes need to be installed in the same slot, the LBBP working in LTE FDD mode is preferentially installed.


460


BBU

BBU3910

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



SeparateMPT base station configured with two BBU3900 s: GU +L*T base station in UMPT +UMPT mode


Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU3900: G*U*L*T base station



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

461


3 Cable Connections


Connection Priority

GO




Figure 3-235 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900 or BBU3910

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


462


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-236 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L*T base station configured with two BBU3900s in UMPT+UMPT mode

3.6 RF Cable Connections Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


463


3 Cable Connections

3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description In terms of the number of RX and TX channels, RFUs can be classified into 1T2R RFUs and 2T2R RFUs.

RF Cable Connections for 1T2R RFUs A single 1T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports. Antenna channel "a" transmits and receives signals while antenna channel "b" receives signals only. In this case, there are two RX channels and one TX channel. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU. Figure 3-237 RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU

(a) transmit and receive signals channel

(b) receive signals channel

Two 1T2R RFUs connect to an antenna system through their own ANT_TX/RXA port. Two antenna channels (marked as "a") transmit and receive signals. The RX_INB port on one 1T2R RFU interconnects with the RX_OUTA port on the other 1T2R RFU to transfer the diversity signals received through the antenna channel. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


464


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-238 RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs


Two 1T2R RFUs can be connected by using RF cables to support any of the following RX and TX channel combinations: l

Two RX channels and two TX channels

l

Two RX channels and one TX channel in scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required, or the configured frequencies exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RFU

l

2x2 MIMO channels

RF Cable Connections for 2T2R RFUs A single 2T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA port. Both antenna channels a and b transmit and receive signals. In this case, there are two RX channels and two TX channels and 2x2 MIMO channels can be supported. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


465


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-239 RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU


(b) transmit and receive signals channel

Two 2T2R RFU can be configured in a single sector, each using one antenna. In this case, there are four RX channels and four TX channels. This configuration applies to a scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs. Figure 3-240 RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs

3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU RF cable connections for the DRFU vary according to the positions of the DRFU and antenna. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


466


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the DRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the DRFU. Table 3-207 RF cable connections for the DRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

DRFU

Two carriers with 1T2R

l One carrier with 1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-241.

l One carrier with 2T2R l Two carriers with 1T2R l Two carriers with 2T2R


l Four carriers with 1T2R

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-241 RF cable connections for the DRFU

3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU RF cable connections for the GRFU vary according to the positions of the GRFU and antenna. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


467


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the GRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the GRFU. Table 3-208 RF cable connections for the GRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

GRFU

Six carriers with 1T2R

l Three carriers with 1T2R


l Three carriers with 2T2R l Six carriers with 1T2R l Six carriers with 2T2R


l 12 carriers with 1T2R

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-242 RF cable connections for the GRFU

3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU RF cable connections for the WRFU vary according to the positions of the WRFU and antenna. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


468


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFU. Table 3-209 RF cable connections for the WRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFU

Four carriers with 1T2R





l Eight carriers with 1T2R l 2x2 MIMO Four carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-243 RF cable connections for the WRFU

3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa RF cable connections for the WRFUa vary according to the positions of the WRFUa and antenna. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


469


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUa with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUa. Table 3-210 RF cable connections for the WRFUa RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFUa






l Eight carriers with 1T2R l 2x2 MIMO Four carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-244 RF cable connections for the WRFUa

3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd RF cable connections for the WRFUd vary according to the positions of the WRFUd and antenna. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


470


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUd. Table 3-211 RF cable connections for the WRFUd RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFUd

l Four carriers when MIMO is configured



l Six carriers with 2T2R


l Six carriers with 2T2R when MIMO is not configured

l 2x2 MIMO Six carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-245 RF cable connections for the WRFUd

3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe RF cable connections for the WRFUe vary according to the positions of the WRFUe and antenna.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


471


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUe. Table 3-212 RF cable connections for the WRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFUe

l Four carriers when MIMO is configured



l Six carriers with 2T2R


l Six carriers with 2T2R when MIMO is not configured

l 2x2 MIMO Six carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-246 RF cable connections for the WRFUe

3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU RF cable connections for the LRFU vary according to the positions of the LRFU and antenna.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


472


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFU. Table 3-213 RF cable connections for the LRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

LRFU

One carrier with 2T2R





Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-247 RF cable connections for the LRFU

3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe RF cable connections for the LRFUe vary according to the positions of the LRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFUe. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


473


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-214 RF cable connections for the LRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

LRFUe






Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-248 RF cable connections for the LRFUe

3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU RF cable connections for the MRFU vary according to the positions of the MRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFU.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


474


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-215 RF cable connections for the MRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

MRFU

l Six GSM carriers

1T2R


2T4R


l Four UMTS carriers l One LTE carrier

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-249 RF cable connections for the MRFU

3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd RF cable connections for the MRFUd vary according to the positions of the MRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUd.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


475


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-216 RF cable connections for the MRFUd RFU Model


Description

Illustration

MRFUd

l Eight GSM carriers

2T2R


4T4R


l Six UMTS carriers l Two LTE carriers

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-250 RF cable connections for the MRFUd

3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe RF cable connections for the MRFUe vary according to the positions of the MRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUe.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


476


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-217 RF cable connections for the MRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

MRFUe

l Eight GSM carriers

1T2R


2T2R


2T4R


l Four UMTS carriers l Two LTE carriers

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-251 RF cable connections for the MRFUe

3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd RF cable connections for the CRFUd vary according to the positions of the CRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUd.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


477


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-218 RF cable connections for the CRFUd RFU Model


Description

Illustration

CRFUd


2T2R


4T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-252 RF cable connections for the CRFUd

3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe RF cable connections for the CRFUe vary according to the positions of the CRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUe.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


478


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-219 RF cable connections for the CRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

CRFUe


2T2R


4T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-253 RF cable connections for the CRFUe

3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration Different models of RFUs can be configured in the same base station to expand the system capacity or supports multimode radio access technologies (RATs). This section describes the RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


479


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections Table 3-220 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Initial Scenario

Mixed Configuration Scenario

Illustration

In UMTS 3x2 mode, each sector is configured with one WRFU of 40 W. This WRFU supports two UMTS carriers.

In UMTS 3x6 mode, each sector is configured with one WRFU of 80 W. This WRFU supports four UMTS carriers.


In GSM S4/4/4 mode, each sector is configured with one MRFU V1 that supports four GSM carriers.

To support 3x5 MHz of LTE, one MRFU V2 is added to each sector. The MRFU V2 and MRFU V1 are configured to support one LTE carrier.


In GSM S8/8/8 mode, each sector is configured with two GRFU V2 (1800 MHz). Each GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) supports four GSM carriers.

To support GSM S8/8/8+LTE 3x15 MHz, one GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) in each sector is replaced with one MRFUd (1800 MHz). The MRFUd (1800 MHz) works in GL mode, supporting four GSM carriers and one LTE carrier.



480


3 Cable Connections

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-254 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


481


4 PGND Cable

4

PGND Cable

PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station l

PGND cables for cabinets are used for connecting the ground bars in the cabinets to the ground bars at the site.

l

PGND cables for modules are used for connecting the ground screws on the modules to the ground bars in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PGND cable. Figure 4-1 Exterior of a PGND cable

(1) OT terminal

(2) Cord end terminal

NOTE

In most cases, PGND cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E), PGND cables are green.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


482


4 PGND Cable

Description Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 describe the PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, respectively. Table 4-1 PGND cables for cabinets Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length

Cable Specificati ons

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet

Both ends use OT terminals (M8).

15 m (49.21 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet


15 m (49.21 ft)

25 mm2 or 16 mm2 (0.039 in.2 or 0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.B)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.C)


8 m (26.25 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

RFC (Ver.D)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.E)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

OMB (Ver.C)


15 m (49.21 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C)


8 m (26.25 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


483


Cable Exterior

4 PGND Cable

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length


APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet


8 m (26.25 ft)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

IBC10


-

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

ODM06D

A PGND cable connects the cord end terminal on an ODM06D to an OT terminal (M6) on a ground bar at the site.

-

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

IBBS20D APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) IBBS20D or IBBS20L

Illustration 2

Table 4-2 PGND cables for modules Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length


Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


484


Cable Exterior

4 PGND Cable

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length


APM30H (Ver.B)


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)


0.3 m (0.98 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

OMB (Ver.C)


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

BTS3900AL cabinet


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

IBC10


-

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

IBBS200D (Ver.B) IBBS200T (Ver.B) IBBS300D (Ver.A) IBBS300T (Ver.A)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


485


5 Equipotential Cable

5

Equipotential Cable

Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an equipotential cable. Figure 5-1 Exterior of an equipotential cable

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

In most cases, equipotential cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E), equipotential cables are green.

Description The following table describes equipotential cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


486



Table 5-1 Equipotential cables Cabinet Type

Cable Specifications

BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets stacked or installed side by side BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets stacked or installed side by side BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on the IMS06 BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on the IMS06

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.B), and TMC11H (Ver.B) stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.C) stacked or installed side by side

The cross-sectional areas of cables vary according to the installation scenarios of cabinets.

APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed side by side

16mm2

APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T (Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed side by side

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.E), IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T (Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.E) stacked or installed side by side

16mm2

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet installed side by side

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

l 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for stacked cabinets l 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for side-by-side cabinets

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and IBBS700D or IBBS700T cabinet installed side by side BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and IBBS300D or IBBS300T installed side by side

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


487


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cabinet Type


BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and TMC11H (Ver.D) installed side by side

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)


488


6 Power Cables

6

Power Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for all power supply devices. 6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices. 6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices. 6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


489


6 Power Cables

6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.

6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of DCDUs.

DCDU-01 Power Cable A DCDU-01 power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-01 from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-01 power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


490


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-1 Cable exterior


(2) Power series 120 connector

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-01 power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-1 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.B)


BTS3900 (Ver.B) in -48 V DC scenarios


16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), one group


491


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

RFC (Ver.B) in DC scenarios


See illustration 2.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in +24 V DC scenarios

EPS24S48100DC in a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in AC scenarios

EPS4890 in a cabinet

See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.B) in AC scenarios

EPS 01A or EPS 01C in an APM30H


DCDU-03B Power Cable A DCDU-03B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-03B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-03B power cable. Figure 6-2 Cable exterior


NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03B power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is configured in different cabinets.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


492


6 Power Cables

NOTE

When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used. No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Table 6-2 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


BTS3900 (Ver.B) in DC scenarios (the DCDU-03B is installed on a wall)


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one group



BTS3900L (Ver.B) (the DCDU-03B is installed on a wall) DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03 OMB TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-03C Power Cable A DCDU-03C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-03C power cables when the DCDU-03C configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-03C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-03C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-03C power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


493


6 Power Cables


(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)


(3) Parallel terminal

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03C power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03C power cables when a DCDU-03C is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-3 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustrati on 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group


494


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment



BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-01 in an RFC

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in. 2), one group


BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios


4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group

DCDU-11A Power Cable A DCDU-11A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11A from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11A power cables when the DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-11A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-11A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11A power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


495


6 Power Cables



NOTE

When a DCDU-11A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a DCDU-11A power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-11A power cables when a DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-4 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.C)


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16


496


Cable Exterior

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios


mm2 (0.025 in.2), two group

See illustration 2.

BTS3900 (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

ETP48150-A3 in a cabinet


See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.C)

l EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H in AC scenarios


l External power equipment in DC scenarios The power from the preceding power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.

DCDU-11B Power Cable A DCDU-11B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11B power cables when the DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-11B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of DCDU-11B power cables. Figure 6-5 Cable exterior


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


497


6 Power Cables

NOTE

When a DCDU-11B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a DCDU-11B power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes the specifications of DCDU-11B power cables when a DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. NOTE



Power Equipment


BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios (the DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a cabinet)





BTS3900L (Ver.C) (the DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a cabinet) DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03 TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11C Power Cable A DCDU-11C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11C power cables when the DCDU-11C configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-11C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-11C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11C power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


498


6 Power Cables




NOTE

Colors of wires in a DCDU-11C power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l


l



499


6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes DCDU-11C power cables. Table 6-6 Description Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H


See illustration 2.

BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-11A in an RFC (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2), one group

See illustration 3.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios



DCDU-12A Power Cable A DCDU-12A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12A from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a DCDU-12A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior DCDU-12A power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12A power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


500


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-7 Exteriors of cables


NOTE

When a DCDU-12A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.D), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12A power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are configured in different cabinets.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


501


6 Power Cables

Table 6-7 Cable description Cable Exteri or

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustra tion 1

BTS3900L (Ver.D) DC cabinet


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups

BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC cabinet


BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups

BTS3900L (Ver.D) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900L cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group

BTS3900 (Ver.D) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900 cabinet


BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet


RFC (Ver.D)

External power equipment or EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H (The power from power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.)


Illustra tion 2

Illustra tion 3

DCDU-12B Power Cable A DCDU-12B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a DCDU-12B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior DCDU-12B power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12B power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


502


6 Power Cables



NOTE

When a DCDU-12B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12B power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are configured in different cabinets. NOTE


Table 6-8 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustratio n1

BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC cabinet



BTS3900L (Ver.D)



TMC11H (Ver.D)




503


Cable Exterior

Illustratio n2

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


RFC (Ver.D) in a DC scenario



RFC (Ver.E) in a DC scenario






DBS3900 where a BBU is installed on a wall, or where a 19inch rack or IMB03 is installed



RFC (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H


RFC (Ver.E) in an AC scenario




EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04


BTS3900L (Ver.D) AC cabinet

EPU05A-02


APM30H (Ver.D)



APM30H (Ver.E)



DCDU-12C Power Cable A DCDU-12C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a DCDU-12C power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


504


6 Power Cables


(1) EPC4 connector



NOTE

DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables. l


l

In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are configured in different cabinets. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


505


6 Power Cables

Table 6-9 Cable description Illustration

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

BTS3900A or DBS3900

l Transmissio n cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-09, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H


l Transmissio n cabinet TMC11H (Ver.E) in an AC scenario

Illustration 2

BTS3900AL

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet


BTS3900A or DBS3900

l Transmissio n cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) in a DC scenario



l Transmissio n cabinet TMC11H (Ver.E) in a DC scenario

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

DBS3900

IBC10



BTS3012AE





506


6 Power Cables

Illustration

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 3

BTS3900A

l Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.D) in a DC scenario

External power equipment (The power from this power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.)


l Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.E) in a DC scenario

Illustration 4

BTS3900AL

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)a AC cabinet

PDU03D-01 or ETP48400 in a cabinet


BTS3900AL

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet

PDU03D-01 in a cabinet

l DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment: 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for one group l DCDU-12C in the RF compartment: 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

a: This DCDU-12C refers to the one in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet. The DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is power-fed by a BusBar.

DCDU-13A Power Cable A DCDU-13A power cable feeds DC power from power equipment into the DCDU-13A on the left inside an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables connecting different power equipment.

Exterior The DCDU-13A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-13A power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


507


6 Power Cables



NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-13A power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables. Table 6-10 Description Cable Exteri or

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustra tion 1.

RFC (Ver.D_A) in DC scenarios


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), two group

See illustra tion 2.

RFC (Ver.D_A) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a cabinet


Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As The power cable connecting two DCDU-13As in an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet feeds DC power from the left DCDU-13A into the right one. This section describes the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


508


6 Power Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As. Figure 6-11 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal

Description The following table lists the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As. Table 6-11 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


RFC (Ver.D_A)

Left DCDU-13A in the cabinet


6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of EPUs, EPSs, and ETPs.

EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable An EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


509


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables. Table 6-12 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

EPS 01A power cable in the 220 V AC threephase scenario

L1

Brown

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue


510


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01A power cable in the 220 V AC singlephase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01C power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable An EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


511


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables. Table 6-13 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

EPS 01B power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue


512


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01B power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01D power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


513


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables. Table 6-14 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

EPU03A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue


514


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 Power Cable An EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


515


6 Power Cables




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.


L1

Brown

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue


516


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow


L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable An EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


517


6 Power Cables




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.


L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue


518


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow


L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 Power Cable An EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.D). An APM30H (Ver.D) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).



Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


519


6 Power Cables




Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.


L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue


520


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow


L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a BTS3900A. The maximum length of an EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-06 are different from those in an EPU05A-08 power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power cables. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


521


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power cables. Table 6-18 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


Illustration 1

EPU05A-06 power cable in a 220 V AC threephase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

6 mm2 (0.009 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N wire

Blue


522


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU05A-06 power cable in a 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N wire

White

PE wire

Green


25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900. The maximum length of an EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-07 are different from those in an EPU05A-09 power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power cables. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


523


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power cables. Table 6-19 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


Illustration 1

EPU05A-07 power cable in a 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1 wire

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2 wire

Black

L3 wire

Gray

N wire

Blue


524


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Wire

Wire Color

PE wire

Green and yellow

EPU05A-07 power cable in a 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L wire

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow


L1 wire

Black

L2 wire

Red

N wire

White

PE wire

Green


25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

ETP48100-A1 Power Cable An ETP48100-A1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-A1 from a PDU10D-01 after the AC power is converted by a surge protective device (SPD). The cross-sectional area of the wires of an ETP48100-A1 power cable is 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-20 Cable exterior



EPS30-4815AF Power Cable An EPS30-4815AF power cable feeds power into an IMB03 AC cabinet. The maximum length of an EPS30-4815AF power cable is 6 m (19.69 ft). The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS30-4815AF power cable. The cross-sectional area of the wire is 1 mm 2 (0.002 in.2). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


525


6 Power Cables

NOTE



EPS4890 Power Cable An EPS4890 power cable feeds AC power into cabinets. EPS4890 power cables are used in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) AC cabinet and DBS3900 (ICR) cabinet. By using different power systems, a cabinet can support power inputs of 220 V AC single-phase and 220 V AC three-phase. The maximum length of an EPS4890 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The wires in an EPS4890 power cable vary depending on the power input type. The following figure shows the power exteriors of EPS4890 power cables. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


526


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPS4890 power cables. Table 6-20 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specificatio ns

See illustration 1.

l BTS390 0 (Ver.B) in AC scenario s

EPS4890 power cable in the 220 V AC threephase scenario

L1

Yellow

L2

Green

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

L3

Red

N

Blue

l IMB03 cabinet in the DBS390 0 (ICR) scenario

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


527


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 2.

l BTS390 0 (Ver.B) in AC scenario s

EPS4890 power cable in the 220 V AC singlephase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

l IMB03 cabinet in the DBS390 0 (ICR) scenario

EPS24S48100DC Power Cable An EPS24S48100DC power cable feeds +24 V DC power into cabinets. EPS24S48100DC power cables are used in the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.B) (+ 24 V DC), APM30H (Ver.B) (+ 24 V), and DBS3900 (ICR). The maximum length of an EPS24S48100DC power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS24S48100DC power cable. Figure 6-23 Cable exterior


Description The following table describes EPS24S48100DC power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


528


6 Power Cables

Table 6-21 Description Wire

Wire Color


RTN(+)

Red

NEG(-)

Black

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two groups

ETP48400 Power Cable An ETP48400 power feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 and ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 power cable. Figure 6-24 Cable exterior



Description The following table describes an ETP48400 power cable. Table 6-22 Description Cable

Wire

Wire Color


ETP48400 power cable

L

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

N

Blue

ETP48150-A3 Power Cable An ETP48150-A3 power cable feeds external AC power into a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. The maximum length of an ETP48150-A3 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


529


6 Power Cables

Exterior A BTS3900 cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase power. The number of wires in an ETP48150-A3 power cable depends on the power system where the ETP48150-A3 is used. The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario as an example. Figure 6-25 Cable exterior


Description The following table describes ETP48150-A3 power cables. Table 6-23 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

L

Blue

N

Brown

See illustration 2.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

ETP48150-A3 power cable in


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

530


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

PE

Green and yellow


6.1.3 PDU Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of PDUs.

PDU10D-01 Power Cable A PDU10D-01 power cable feeds power from power equipment into a PDU10D-01. The maximum length of a PDU10D-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior PDU10D-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU10D-01 power cables. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


531


6 Power Cables




Description The following table describes PDU10D-01 power cables. Table 6-24 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

OMB (Ver.C) in DC scenarios


RTN(+)

Black

NEG(-)

Blue

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

See illustration 2.

OMB (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

ETP48100-A1 in a cabinet

RTN(+)

Black

NEG(-)

Blue

See illustration 3.

OMB (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

External power equipment in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

532


6 Power Cables

PDU05A-01 Power Cable A PDU05A-01 power cable feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet. A PDU05A-01 supports 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 110 V AC duallive-wire. The maximum length of a PDU05A-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The number of wires in a PDU05A-01 power cable varies depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU05A-01 power cables. NOTE




Description The following table describes PDU05A-01 power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


533


6 Power Cables

Table 6-25 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 110 V duallive-wire scenario

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

PDU03D-01 Power Cable A PDU03D-01 power cable feeds power from a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or external power cabinet into a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

Exterior PDU03D-01 power cables vary depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows various PDU03D-01 power supplies.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


534


6 Power Cables





NOTE

Colors of wires in a PDU03D-01 power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes PDU03A-01 power cables. Table 6-26 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

Busbar in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), two groups, LSZHa


535


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Power Equipment


See illustration 2.

LOAD2 terminal in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), one group, LSZHb

See illustration 3.


25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), three groups, LSZHc

a: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, one group of 70 mm2 (0.108 in. 2) PVC power cables or two groups of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitutes. b: If the preceding power cable is not delivered by default, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitute. c: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, the PVC power cables that are locally purchased and meet the requirements in both a and b can be the substitutes.

6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for other power supply devices.

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box The power cable for an AC junction box feeds AC power into the AC junction box from power equipment. The AC power is then converted by the AC junction box into four AC outputs, which are provided for other components such as the heater or heating film. This section also describes the specifications of power cables for AC junction boxes in different cabinets.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of power cables for AC junction boxes. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


536


6 Power Cables




NOTE

The L wire is brown and the N wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes power cables for AC junction boxes. Table 6-27 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E)

EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E)

EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in an APM30H (feeding power in.2) into the AC junction box in the APM30H)



537


Cable Exterior

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


IBBS700D or IBBS700T

EPU05A in an APM30H (Ver.D) (feeding power into the AC junction box in the APM30H)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Illustration 2

BTS3900AL AC cabinet

PDU05A-01

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 3

BTS3900AL DC cabinet

PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet (feeding power into the AC junction box in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)


PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet (feeding power into the AC junction box in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

IBBS300D

EPU05A in an APM30H (Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E) (feeding power into the AC junction box in the APM30H)

2.5mm2

Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box Power cables for a power distribution box include the power cable between power equipment to the power distribution box in a battery cabinet (IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS20D, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T) and power cable between the cascaded power distribution boxes in two battery cabinets.

Exterior Power cables for power distribution boxes vary according to power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


538


6 Power Cables






(5) EPC5 connector

-

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


539


6 Power Cables

NOTE

The colors of power cables for a power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

l


Description The following table describes the power cables for power distribution boxes. Table 6-28 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

EPS01A, EPS01B, EPS01C, or EPS01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Illustration 2

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-03, EPU03A-04, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.C)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Illustration 3

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

l EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 in an APM30H (Ver.E)

50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), 3436

l Power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


540


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 3


l EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

l ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL cabinet l TP48600A Illustration 5

IBBS20D

ETP48100-B1 in an IMB03

10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC A power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC feeds -48 V DC power into the DC junction box in an RFC.

Exterior Depending on the power supply supported by an RFC, there are three types of power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


541


6 Power Cables




NOTE

Colors of wires in a power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


542


6 Power Cables

Table 6-29 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E) in a DC scenario



Illustration 2

RFC (Ver.C) in an AC scenario

EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H (Ver.C)


Illustration 3

RFC (Ver.D) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H (Ver.D)


RFC (Ver.E) in an AC scenario

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an APM30H (Ver.E)


Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL The power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL connects the PDU03D-01 to the DC junction box in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet and feeds DC power into DC junction box.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL. Figure 6-32 Exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



543


6 Power Cables

NOTE

The color of the power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL varies depending on the region. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in Figure 6-32.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL. Table 6-30 Description Cable

Wire


Power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL

NEG(-): W1 and W2

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RTN(+): W3

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/ IBBS300Ts The DC junction boxes in two IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts are cascaded by power cables, including the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts and the cascading power cable for the fans in two IBBS300Ds or the cascading power cable for the TECs in two IBBS300Ts.

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts A power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts connects the DC junction box in one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to provide power for the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts. Figure 6-33 Exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts


NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


544


6 Power Cables


Power Equipment



DC junction box in the cabinet

A group of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) cables

Cascading Power Cable for the Fans or TECs A cascading power cable for the fans or TECs connects the DC junction box in one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to provide power for the fan or TEC in the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs. Figure 6-34 Exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs


NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded fans in IBBS300Ds or cascaded TECs in IBBS300Ts. Table 6-32 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment



DC junction box in the cabinet

One group of cables with a cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2 (0.0039 in.2)

Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets The power distribution boxes in two IBBS20D cabinets are cascaded by a power cable, which feeds power from one power distribution box into the other.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS20D cabinets. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


545


6 Power Cables



NOTE


Description The following table describes power cables between cascaded IBBS20Ds. Table 6-33 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


IBBS20D

Power distribution box in the cabinet

A group of cables with a cross-sectional area of 10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

Storage Battery Power Cable Storage battery power cables connect storage batteries to power equipment. Storage battery power cables include the power cable between storage batteries and the power distribution box, power cable between storage batteries and the EPU, and copper bars between storage batteries. Storage battery power cables are required in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, IBBS20D, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IMS06. NOTE

Colors of storage battery power cables vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the following figure.

l


Power Cables Between Battery Packs and Power Distribution Boxes When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.D), Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


546


6 Power Cables

IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS20D, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T, storage battery power cables are those between battery packs and power distribution boxes. The following figure shows the exteriors of storage battery power cables between battery packs and power distribution boxes. Figure 6-36 Exteriors of cables (1)



The following table describes storage battery power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


547


6 Power Cables

Table 6-34 Cable description (1) Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1 in Figure 6-36

l IBBS700D or IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in. 2)

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E) connecting storage batteries to the power distribution box on the top of a cabinet


35 mm2 (0.054 in. 2)



16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

IBBS20D


10 mm2 (0.016 in. 2)

l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C) l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D) l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E) (connecting storage batteries to the power distribution box on the inner upper right wall of a cabinet) Illustration 2 in Figure 6-36

Power Cables Between Battery Packs and an EPU or Busbar When storage batteries are installed in a BTS3900AL cabinet or IMS06, storage battery power cables are those between battery packs and power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of storage battery power cables between battery packs and power equipment.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


548


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-37 Exteriors of cables (2)



The following table describes storage battery power cables. Table 6-35 Cable description (2) Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Figure 6-37

IMS06

EPU05A-02

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900AL

Busbar

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T, storage battery power cables include power cables for the battery cabinet and power cables for battery packs. The following figure shows the exteriors of storage battery power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


549


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-38 Exteriors of cables (3)



The following table describes storage battery power cables. Table 6-36 Cable description (3)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cable

Cabinet Type

Connection

Cable Specification s


Power cables for battery packs


From the positive pole of a DC junction box to the corresponding circuit breaker

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)


550


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Connection




From a circuit breaker to the positive pole of the battery pack

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)



From the negative pole of a DC junction box to the negative pole of the battery pack

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)


From the positive and negative poles of a DC junction box to the EPU

50 mm2 (0.077 in.2)


Cable

Power cables for a battery cabinet

Copper Bars Between Storage Batteries Copper bars are delivered with the storage batteries. The following figure shows the exterior of a copper bar. Figure 6-39 Exterior of a copper bar between storage batteries

6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.

6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable A CMUEA power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the CMUEA on the front door of a cabinet from the power distribution box in an IBBS700D. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


551


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Bare wire

6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable A CMUF power cable feeds DC power into a CMUF from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various CMUF power cables when a CMUF is configured in different cabinets.

Exterior Figure 6-41 shows the exterior of a CMUF power cable. Figure 6-41 Cable exterior (most regions)

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

(2) EPC4 connector


(3) Bare wire

552


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-42 Cable exterior (UK)

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes CMUF power cables. Table 6-37 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Description


BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL

In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

Figure 6-42

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL



IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a IBBS700T

-

6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable A CMUG power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a power distribution box into the CMUG. CMUG power cables are required by IBBS20Ds.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


553


6 Power Cables


(1) 2-pin connector


NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a CMUG power cable. Table 6-38 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


IBBS20D

Power distribution box in an IBBS20D

A group of 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2) cables

6.2.4 CCU Power Cable A CCU power cable feeds -48 V DC power from the DCDU-12C into a CCU. A CCU is configured in the following cabinet: BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


554


6 Power Cables


(1) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a CCU power cable. Table 6-39 Description Cabinet

Power Equipment

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL

IBBS700D

Power distribution box in a IBBS700D

IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a IBBS700T

6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable A CCU01D-03 power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a DC junction box into a CCU01D-03. The IBBS300D and IBBS300T need to be configured with CCU01D-03 power cables.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU01D-03 power cable. Figure 6-45 Exterior of the cable

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



555


6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes CCU01D-03 power cables. Table 6-40 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


DC junction box in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T

6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable An HEUA power cable feeds power from the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB into an HEUA. The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA power cable. NOTE

An HEUA power cable is a Y-shaped cable. The cable connects to an HEUA and a BBU at the end with two 3V3 connectors and feeds power into the HEUA and BBU.


(1) 3V3 connector

(2) H4 connector

6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable An HEUB power cable feeds power from the PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C) into an HEUB.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB power cable. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


556


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUB power cable. Table 6-41 Description Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.

6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies This section describes power cables for different models of fan assemblies.

FAN Power Cables A FAN power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


557


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-48 Exterior of a FAN power cable

(1) 3V3 connector


Description The following table describes a FAN power cable. Table 6-42 FAN power cable X1 End

X2 End

X1.A3

X2.B1

X1.A1

X2.B2

FAN 01A Power Cables A FAN 01A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01A in the RFC (Ver.B).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01A power cable. Figure 6-49 Exterior of a FAN 01A power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



558


6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes a FAN 01A power cable. Table 6-43 FAN 01A power cable Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B2

W2

X1.A3

X2.B1

FAN 01B Power Cable A FAN 01B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01B in an RFC (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01B power cable. Figure 6-50 Exterior of a FAN 01B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector


NOTE

The colors of FAN 01B power cables vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes a FAN 01B power cable. Table 6-44 FAN 01B power cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2


559


6 Power Cables

FAN 01C Power Cable A FAN 01C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into a FAN 01C in the RFC (Ver.D).

Exterior The colors of FAN 01C power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-51.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-52.

Figure 6-51 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-52 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 01C power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


560


6 Power Cables

Table 6-45 FAN 01C power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

FAN 01D Power Cable A FAN 01D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01D in an RFC (Ver.E).

Exterior The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 01D power cable are black, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-53 Exteriors of cables

(2) EPC4 connector

(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 01D power cable. Table 6-46 Cable description Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

FAN 02A Power Cable A FAN 02A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


561


6 Power Cables

Exterior The FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) is powered by the EPS 01A or EPS 01. The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable. Figure 6-54 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (1)

(1) 3V3 connector


The FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B) is powered by the DCDU-03C. The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable. Figure 6-55 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (2)

(1) 3V3 connector


FAN 02B Power Cable A FAN 02B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02B power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


562


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-56 Exterior of a FAN 02B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector


NOTE



l


Description The following table describes a FAN 02B power cable. Table 6-47 FAN 02B power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A3

X2.B1

W2

X1.A1

X2.B2

FAN 02D Power Cable A FAN 02D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D).

Exterior The colors of FAN 02D power cables vary depending on regions. l


l


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


563


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-57 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-58 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in UK

(2) EPC4 connector

(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 02D power cable. Table 6-48 FAN 02D power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

FAN 03B Power Cable A FAN 03B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03B in the BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03B power cable. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


564


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-59 Exterior of a FAN 03B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector


NOTE



l


Description The following table describes a FAN 03B power cable. Table 6-49 FAN 03B power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A3

X2.B1

W2

X1.A1

X2.B2

FAN 03C Power Cable A FAN 03C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03C in the BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in most regions or BTS3900 (Ver.D).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


565


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-60 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in UK. Figure 6-61 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable in UK

(2) EPC4 connector

(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 03C power cable. Table 6-50 FAN 03C power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B2

W2

X1.A3

X2.B1

FAN 02E Power Cable A FAN 02E power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02E in an APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


566


6 Power Cables

Exterior The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 02E power cable are black, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-62 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 02E power cable. Table 6-51 Cable description Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable An FAU03D-02 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-02 in an IBC10 cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


567


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-63 Exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable. Table 6-52 Specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

A3

B1

W2

A1

B2

6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable An FAU03D-01 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-01 in an BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet.

Exterior The colors of FAU03D-01 power cables vary depending on regions. l


l


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


568


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-64 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-65 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater The power cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater in an APM30H or TMC11H from power equipment.

Power Cable for an AC Heater Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC heater. NOTE


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


569


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-66 Exterior of a power cable for an AC heater

(1) C13 connector


NOTE

The L wire, PE wire, and N wire of a power cable for an AC heater are brown, green and yellow, and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a power cable for an AC heater. Table 6-53 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specif ication s

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E)

EPS or EPU in a cabinet

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E) in an AC scenario

EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding power into the AC junction box in a TMC11H)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E) in a DC scenario


1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)


570


6 Power Cables

Power Transfer Cable for an AC Heater The power transfer cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater from the EPU in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) by connecting the AC power output terminal on the EPU to the transfer terminal on the AC heater. The following figure shows a power transfer cable for an AC heater in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1). Figure 6-67 Exterior of a power transfer cable for an AC heater

(1) OT terminal (M4), 1 mm2 (0.0016 in.2)


6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film The power cable for a heating film connects the AC junction box in an APM30H to the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D. Then the AC junction box distributes power to the heating film.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for a heating film. NOTE




NOTE

The L wire and N wire of a power cable for a heating film are brown and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a power cable for a heating film. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


571


6 Power Cables

Table 6-54 Cable description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specific ations

IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), or IBBS200D (Ver.E)

EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding power first into the AC junction box in the APM30H and then into the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D)

1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)

6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System Power cables for the temperature control system connect the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T, feeding DC power into the fan mounting frame in the IBBS700D or the TEC in the IBBS700T and the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the temperature control system. Figure 6-69 Cable exterior

(1) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the power cables for the temperature control system. Table 6-55 Description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.A1

W2

X1.A2

X2.A2


572


6 Power Cables

6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable An HAU01A-01 power cable feeds AC power into an HAU01A-01 from the AC junction box in a BTS3900AL, IBBS300D, or IBBS700D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the HAU01A-01 power cable. Figure 6-70 Exterior of the cable


(1) C13 straight female connector

Description The following table describes the HAU01A-01 power cable. Table 6-56 Description Wire

Color

Specifications

L wire

Brown

1.5 mm2 (0.005 in.2)

PE wire

Green and yellow

N wire

Blue

6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D Fan power cables in an IBBS200D include the fan input power cable and fan power transfer cable, feeding power into the fans in the IBBS200D.

Fan Input Power Cable in an IBBS200D Exterior Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


573


6 Power Cables

The fan input power cable in an IBBS200D connects power equipment to the power distribution box in the IBBS200D. The exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-71 Exteriors of cables



(3) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The colors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds. Table 6-57 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)


574


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.C)


Illustration 2

IBBS200D (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

IBBS200D (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09 in an APM30H (Ver.E)


Power Transfer Cable for the Fan in an IBBS200D Exterior The fan power transfer cable in an IBBS200D connects the power distribution box in the IBBS200D to the fan mounting frame on the cabinet door. The exteriors of fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-72 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector



Description Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


575


6 Power Cables

The following table describes fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds. Table 6-58 Cable description Cabl e Exte rior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipmen t

Color


Illust ratio n1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

Power distribution box in a cabinet

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

l OT terminal (M4), 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)


l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

l OT terminal (M6), 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively. Illust ratio n2

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200D (Ver.E)


Both the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire are black.

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D The fan power cables in an IBBS300D connect power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of fan power cables in an IBBS300D. Figure 6-73 Fan power cables in an IBBS300D

(1) EPC4 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



576


6 Power Cables

NOTE

The colors of fan power cables in an IBBS300D vary according to the region: l


l


Description The following table describes the fan power cables in an IBBS300D. Table 6-59 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


IBBS300D

Power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet

A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in. 2) cables

6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T TEC power cables in an IBBS200T include the TEC input power cable and TEC power transfer cable, feeding power into the TEC in the IBBS200T.

TEC Input Power Cable in an IBBS200T Exterior The TEC input power cable in an IBBS200T connects power equipment to the power distribution box in the IBBS200T. The exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


577


6 Power Cables




(3) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The colors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts. Table 6-60 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

IBBS200T (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 1

IBBS200T (Ver.C)


Illustration 2

IBBS200T (Ver.D)

EPS05A-02, EPS05A-04, EPS05A-03, or EPS05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)


578


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

IBBS200T (Ver.E)

EPS05A-06, EPS05A-08, EPS05A-07, or EPS05A-09 in an APM30H (Ver.E)


TEC Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200T Exterior The TEC power transfer cable in an IBBS200T connects the power distribution box in the IBBS200T to the TEC on the cabinet door. TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts are divided into two types in terms of power equipment, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-75 Exteriors of cables

(1) 3V3 connector



Description The following table describes TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


579


6 Power Cables

Table 6-61 Cable description Cabl e Exte rior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipm ent

Color


Illust ratio n1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

Power distributi on box in a cabinet

The RTN(+) and NEG (-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

l OT terminal (M4), 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)


l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

l OT terminal (M6), 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively. Illust ratio n2

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200D (Ver.E)


Both the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire are black.

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T The TEC power cables in an IBBS300T connect power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of TEC power cables in the IBBS300T. Figure 6-76 TEC power cables in the IBBS300T

(1) EPC4 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)



580


6 Power Cables

NOTE

The colors of TEC power cables in an IBBS300T vary by region: l


l


Description The following table describes TEC power cables in IBBS300Ts. Table 6-62 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


IBBS300T

Power equipment in the APM30H or BTS3900AL cabinet

A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in. 2) cables

6.3.12 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door A power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door connects power equipment to the heat exchanger in the front door of a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet. The power cables can be classified into AC power cables and DC power cables in terms of cabinet types.

Exterior l

Figure 6-77 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with AC power.

l

Figure 6-78 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with DC power.

Figure 6-77 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (1)

(1) Common connector


NOTE

The L wire, N wire, and PE wire of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are brown, blue, and green and yellow, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


581


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-78 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (2)

(1) 3-pin connector

(2) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are black, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors. Table 6-63 Power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Figure 6-77



Figure 6-78



BTS3012AE(Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet

DCDU-12C

6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable An EMUA or EMUB power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the EMUA or EMUB. This section describes the specifications of EMUA or EMUB power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior EMUA or EMUB power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


582


6 Power Cables


(1) EPC4 connector (2) Cord end terminal (3) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)


NOTE

The colors of EMUA or EMUB power cables in APM30Hs (Ver.C), TMC11Hs (Ver.C), APM30Hs (Ver.D), TMC11Hs (Ver.D), or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinets vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes EMUA or EMUB power cables. Table 6-64 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a cabinet


583


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

TMC11H (Ver.D)

DCDU-12C or DCDU-12B in a cabinet


DCDU-12C in a cabinet




EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.C)


TMC11H (Ver.B)


TMC11H (Ver.C)


6.4.2 BBU Power Cable A BBU power cable feeds power into a BBU from power equipment. The maximum length of a BBU power cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


584


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-80 Exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables

(1) 3V3 connector


(3) H4 connector



(6) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables Table 6-65 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03B or DCDU-03C in a cabinet

Illustration 2

IMB03

EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet

Illustration 3

OMB

EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet

Illustration 4

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet

DCDU-11A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet


APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in a cabinet


585


Cable Exterior

Illustration 5

Illustration 6

Illustration 7a

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

APM30H (Ver.C)


TMC11H (Ver.C)


BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet

DCDU-01 in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet


OMB (Ver.C)

PDU10D-01 in a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet


BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet



DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment of a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)


APM30H (Ver.E)


TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.E)


IBC10





DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment of a cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)


APM30H (Ver.E)





586


Cable Exterior

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

a: The connectors at both ends of the cable in illustration 6 are the same as those in illustration 7, but the color of the cable in illustration 6 is different from that in illustration 7. The differences are as follows: l Illustration 6 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 7 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables RFU power cables feed power into RFUs from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of RFU power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior RFU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


587


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector



Description The following table describes RFU power cables. Table 6-66 Cable description

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1


DCDU-12C in the RF compartment of a cabinet


588


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2a

Illustration 3

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet


RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E)




BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet



DCDU-12C in the RF compartment of a cabinet



RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E)


l BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet


l RFC (Ver.B) l BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet l BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet

Illustration 4


l RFC (Ver.C) l BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown by illustration 2. l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables RRU power cables feed power into RRUs. This section describes the specifications of RRU power cables when different types of power equipment are used.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of RRU power cables. Cable connectors at RRU sides vary depending on RRU models. For details about cable connectors, see the related RRU installation guide.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


589


6 Power Cables



(2) EPC4 connector (3) EPC5 connector (4) OT terminal (M4)


NOTE

l The colors of RRU power cables vary depending on regions as follows: l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure. l In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are brown and gray, respectively. l The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


590


6 Power Cables

Cable Type RRU power cables vary according to power equipment. The following table describes different types of RRU power cables. Table 6-67 Types of RRU power cables Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11B

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01D, or EPS 01B

APM30H (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, EPU03A-05


DCDU-12B providing LOAD6 to LOAD9 ports

OMB (Ver.C)

PDU10D-01 providing LOAD6 to LOAD9 ports

The specifications of RRU power cables vary depending on RRU models. For details about the specifications of RRU power cables, see the related RRU hardware description and RRU installation guide.

TMC11H (Ver.D)

PDU10D-01 providing LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports

OMB (Ver.C)

DCDU-12B providing LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 providing RRU0 to RRU5 ports

APM30H (Ver.E)

EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09

Illustration 4

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03B

Illustration 5

APM30H (Ver.D)

ODM06D

TMC11H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900 configured with 16 to 21 RRUs

ODM06D

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


591


6 Power Cables

6.4.5 SOU Power Cable The power cable for a service outlet unit (SOU) feeds AC power into the SOU from the AC OUTPUT port on the EPU or EPS.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU power cable. NOTE


Figure 6-83 Exterior of an SOU power cable


(1) C13 connector

Description The following table describes an SOU power cable. Table 6-68 Cable description Wire

Color

Label


W1

Brown

L

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

W2

Green and yellow

PE

W3

Blue

N

6.4.6 SPD Power Cable A power cable for a surge protective device (SPD) feeds AC power into the AC surge protection box in an OMB (Ver.C). Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


592


6 Power Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD power cable. Figure 6-84 Exterior of an SPD power cable

(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4) for connecting to a cable with a cross-sectional area of 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box A power cable for an AC surge protection box feeds external AC power into an OMB. An OBM can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-wire power. The maximum length of a power cable for an AC surge protection box is 6 m (19.69 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box. NOTE


Figure 6-85 Exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box

Description The following table describes a power cable for the AC surge protection box. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


593


6 Power Cables

Table 6-69 Cable description Cable

Wire

Wire Color

220 V AC single-phase power cable

L wire

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

L1 wire

Brown

L2 wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

110 V AC dual-live-wire

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable A GATM power cable feeds power into a GATM. This section describes the specifications of GATM power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior The exteriors of GATM power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of GATM power cables.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


594


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

(2) EPC4 connector




595


6 Power Cables


-

-

-

Description The following table describes GATM power cables. Table 6-70 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet




APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an RFC

APM30H (Ver.E)






APM30H (Ver.D)


APM30H (Ver.E)




APM30H (Ver.B)

DCDU-01 in an RFC

Illustration 4

TMC11H (Ver.B)


Illustration 5

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet


TMC11H (Ver.C)


APM30H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11A in an RFC

Illustration 2a

Illustration 3

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


596


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown by illustration 2. l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable The ODM06D power cable feeds power from power equipment into an ODM06D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D power cable. Figure 6-87 Exterior of an ODM06D power cable

(1) OT terminal


Description An ODM06D power cable consists of two wires. The following table describes an ODM06D power cable. Table 6-71 ODM06D power cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Wire

Wire Color

RTN(+) wire

Brown

NEG(-) wire

Blue


597


7 Transmission Cables

7

Transmission Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a cabinet. 7.1 E1/T1 Cable An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft). 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long. 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft). 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes. 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode. 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet cable is 50 m (164.04 ft). 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


598



FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


599



7.1 E1/T1 Cable An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).

Exterior E1/T1 cables are classified into 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables, 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cables, and 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cables. The E1/T1 cable has a DB26 male connector at one end. You need to add a connector to the other end of the cable onsite. Figure 7-1 shows the exterior of an E1/T1 cable. These figures use 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables as examples. Figure 7-1 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900 or BBU3910

(1) DB26 male connector

The following table lists the types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable. Table 7-1 Types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable Cable

Connector at One End

Connector at the Other End

75-ohm E1 coaxial cable

DB26 male connector

L9 male connector L9 female connector SMB female connector BNC male connector SMZ male connector SMZ female connector

Description Table 7-2, Table 7-3, and Table 7-4 describes the E1/T1 cables. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


600



Table 7-2 75-ohm E1/T1 coaxial cable X1 End

Wire Type(1)

Coaxial No.

Description(2)

X1.1

Tip

1

RX1+

RX0+

X1.2

Ring

RX1-

RX0-

X1.3

Tip

RX2+

RX1+

X1.4

Ring

RX2-

RX1-

X1.5

Tip

RX3+

RX2+

X1.6

Ring

RX3-

RX2-

X1.7

Tip

RX4+

RX3+

X1.8

Ring

RX4-

RX3-

X1.19

Tip

TX1+

TX0+

X1.20

Ring

TX1-

TX0-

X1.21

Tip

TX2+

TX1+

X1.22

Ring

TX2-

TX1-

X1.23

Tip

TX3+

TX2+

X1.24

Ring

TX3-

TX2-

X1.25

Tip

TX4+

TX3+

X1.26

Ring

TX4-

TX3-

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

NOTE

(1) "Tip" refers to the wire in an E1 coaxial cable. "Ring" refers to the external conductor of an E1 coaxial cable. (2) The number can start from 1 or 0.

Table 7-3 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.1

Blue

Twisted pair

RX1+

X.2

White

X.3

Orange

X.4

White

X.5

Green

X.6

White

RX1Twisted pair

RX2+ RX2-

Twisted pair


RX3+ RX3601



X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.7

Brown

Twisted pair

RX4+

X.8

White

X.19

Gray

X.20

White

X.21

Blue

X.22

Red

X.23

Orange

X.24

Red

X.25

Green

X.26

Red

RX4Twisted pair

TX1+ TX1-

Twisted pair

TX2+ TX2-

Twisted pair

TX3+ TX3-

Twisted pair

TX4+ TX4-

Table 7-4 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.1

Blue and white

Twisted pair

RX1+

X.2

White and blue

X.3

Orange and white

X.4

White and orange

X.5

Green and white

X.6

White and green

X.7

Brown and white

X.8

White and brown

X.19

Gray and white

X.20

White and gray

X.21

Blue and red

X.22

Red and blue

X.23

Orange and red

X.24

Red and orange

X.25

Green and red

X.26

Red and green

RX1Twisted pair

RX2+ RX2-

Twisted pair

RX3+ RX3-

Twisted pair

RX4+ RX4-

Twisted pair

TX1+ TX1-

Twisted pair

TX2+ TX2-

Twisted pair

TX3+ TX3-

Twisted pair


TX4+ TX4-

602



7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable. Figure 7-2 Exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable



Description The following table describes an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable. Table 7-5 E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X2.2

X1.20

Twisted pair

X2.3

X1.19

X2.4

X1.4

X2.5

X1.3

X2.6

X1.22

X2.7

X1.21

X2.8

X1.6

X2.9

X1.5

X2.10

X1.24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 603



X1 End

X2 End

X2.11

X1.23

X2.12

X1.8

X2.13

X1.7

X2.14

X1.1

X2.15

X1.2

X2.24

X1.25

X2.25

X1.26

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The FE/GE fiber optic cable has an LC connector at one end and an FC connector, SC connector, or LC connector at the other end, as shown in Figure 7-3, Figure 7-4, and Figure 7-5. Figure 7-3 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with FC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-4 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with SC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-5 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with LC connectors)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


604



NOTICE The connection between the BBU and transmission equipment must comply with the following rules: l

The TX port on the BBU must be connected to the RX port on the transmission equipment.

l

The RX port on the BBU must be connected to the TX port on the transmission equipment.

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports. Figure 7-6 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports

(1) RJ45 connector

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


605



Figure 7-7 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports

(1) LC connector

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).

Exterior An FE/GE Ethernet cable is a shielded straight-through cable, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-8 Exterior of an FE/GE Ethernet cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FE/GE Ethernet cable. Table 7-6 FE/GE Ethernet cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue


Twisted pair

Twisted pair 606



X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

Twisted pair

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable. Figure 7-9 Exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable. Table 7-7 FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue


Twisted pair

Twisted pair 607


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White


Wire Type

Twisted pair

608


8 Signal Cables

8

Signal Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices. 8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices. 8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices. 8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


609


8 Signal Cables

8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.

8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and CCU. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable is black. Its exterior is shown in the following figure. Figure 8-1 Exterior of a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-1 PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

610


8 Signal Cables

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable The PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and the CMUEA in the FAN 02D. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the BBU through the CMUEA. This monitoring signal cable is 1.1 m (3.61 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-2 Exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-2 PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

X1.3

X2.3

X1.6

X2.6

X1.4

X2.4

X1.5

X2.5

X1.7

X2.7

X1.8

X2.8

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms from the PMU 01B in the BTS3900 cabinet to the BBU. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


611


8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-3 Exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-3 PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms collected by the PMU 11A in the BTS3900 cabinet or IMS06 to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


612


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-4 Exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-4 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring signals collected by the PMU 11A to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


613


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-5 Exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-5 PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable A PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable connects a PMIU and a CCUB. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMIU to the CCUB, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


614


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-6 Exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-6 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A A surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A transmits surge protection dry contact alarm signals of the DCDU-13A to the CMUEA. The maximum length of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A is 0.8 m (31.50 in.). Both ends of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A are bare wires, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-7 Surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


615


8 Signal Cables

8.1.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is used in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. The cable transmits the surge protection alarm information of the DCDU-03B to the HEUA.

Appearance The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is a pair of bare wires. Figure 8-8 shows the bare wires. Figure 8-8 Monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B

8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D) and receive related alarms.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in a BTS3900. Figure 8-9 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

(2) PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable


616


8 Signal Cables

The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in a DBS3900. Figure 8-10 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

Description The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable. Table 8-7 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable X1 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

Blue

Twisted pair

X1.1

White

X1.6

Orange

X1.3

White

X1.4

Green

X1.5

White

X1.8

Brown

X1.7

White

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


617


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-11 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable. Table 8-8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D is used to transmit monitoring signals from the power distribution box to the CMUG.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


618


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-12 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D

(1) 8-pin connector



Description The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D. Table 8-9 Description of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

One End

The Other End

Color

Connection Position of the OT Terminal

X1.1

X2 End

Black

Positive pole of the contactor

X1.3

X3

Black

Negative pole of the contactor

X1.5

X4

Black

Positive pole of the current divider

X1.6

X5

Black

Negative pole of the current divider

X1.7

X6

Black

Negative pole of the copper bar in the power distribution box

X1.8

X7

Black

Positive pole of the copper bar in the power distribution box


619


8 Signal Cables

8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information of the PMU in the OMB to the HEUA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-13 Exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-10 PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

620


8 Signal Cables

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the APMI in the power cabinet and the BBU. The cable transmits environment monitoring signals of the cabinet to the BBU.

Exterior An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable has an RJ45 connector at one end and four bare wires at the other end. The following figure shows the exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-14 Exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable

Description The following table describes an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-11 APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

Color

X2, X3, X4, or X5 End

Wire Type

Port to Which the Wire Is Connected

X1.1

White

X2

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

Orange

X3

X1.4

Blue

X4

X1.5

White

X5

TXTwisted pair

RX+ RX-

8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable connects a CCUB and a BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CCUB to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


621


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-15 Exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-12 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs Cascaded CCUs are connected by signal cables. The lower-level CCU can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


622


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-16 Exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs. Table 8-13 Signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CCU and the BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CCU to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


623


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-17 Exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-14 CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs Cascaded CMUAs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


624


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-18 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs. Table 8-15 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs Cascaded CMUEs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUE can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUE.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


625


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-19 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs. Table 8-16 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs Two CMUGs are cascaded by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUG can communicate with the PMU through the upper-level CMUG.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


626


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-20 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs. Table 8-17 Description of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs CMUEAs are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUEA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


627


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-21 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs. Table 8-18 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s CCU01D-03s are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CCU01D-03 can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU01D-03.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


628


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-22 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s. Table 8-19 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s Cascaded HAU01A-01s are connected by signal cables. The lower-level HAU01A-01 can communicate with the CCU through the upper-level HAU01A-01.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


629


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-23 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s. Table 8-20 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the HEUB to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


630


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-24 Exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-21 HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the HEUA to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


631


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-25 Exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-22 HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


632


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-26 Exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-23 CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUF and CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUF to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable whose color is black.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


633


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-27 Exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-24 CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG Monitoring signal cables for the CMUG is classified into CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cables and CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cables, which are used for transferring monitoring signals from the PMU and OPM50M to the CMUG.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


634


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-28 Exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-29 Exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable

(2) RJ45 connector

(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector

Description The following table describes a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-25 Description of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 635


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

The following table describes a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable. Table 8-26 Description of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.11

X2.5

White and green

Twisted pair

X1.12

X2.4

Green

X1.13

X2.2

White and orange

X1.14

X2.1

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White and blue

Twisted pair

-

8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs is used to connect the CMUH in a lowerlevel cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the lower-level CMUH to the upper-level CMUH. The upper-level CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CMUHs are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs. Figure 8-30 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


636


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-27 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-level cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CCUB to the CMUH. The CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-31 Exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


637


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-28 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable A CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-level cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the CCUB. The CCUB reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-32 Exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


638


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-29 CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs is used to connect the CCUB in a lowerlevel cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the lower-level CCUB to the upper-level CCUB.

Exterior Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CCUBs are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs. Figure 8-33 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


639


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-30 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and the BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-34 Exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-31 CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair


640


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-35 Exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-32 FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White


Twisted pair 641


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable reports monitoring alarms from the FMUE to the BBU and is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03B.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-36 Exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-33 FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White


Twisted pair

Twisted pair 642


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Type

Twisted pair

8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03C.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-37 Exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-34 FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 643


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Type

8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet A monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet transmits monitoring signals from the battery cabinet to an upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet. Figure 8-38 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet. Table 8-35 Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

644


8 Signal Cables

8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable A BBU alarm cable transfers alarm signals from an external monitoring device to the BBU. The maximum length of a BBU alarm cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable. Figure 8-39 Exterior of the BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable. Table 8-36 BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Alarm Port on the BBU

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

EXTALM1

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

Twisted pair

Boolean input 4+

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Boolean input 4- (GND) Twisted pair

Boolean input 5+ Boolean input 5- (GND)

Twisted pair


Twisted pair


Boolean input 7+ Boolean input 7- (GND) 645


8 Signal Cables

Alarm Port on the BBU

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

EXTALM0

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

Twisted pair

Boolean input 0+

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Boolean input 0- (GND) Twisted pair


Twisted pair


Twisted pair


8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.

8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies A monitoring signal cable for cascaded fan assemblies is used for cascading fan assemblies in different cabinets.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies. Figure 8-40 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

(1) RJ45 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


646


8 Signal Cables

Cable Type The following table describes the types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies. Table 8-37 Types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies Cabinet

Installation Position at One End

Installation Position at the Other End

APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)

FAN 02A

FAN 01A

RFC (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)

FAN 01A

FAN 01A

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)

FAN 02B

FAN 01B

RFC (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)

FAN 01B

FAN 01B

APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)

FAN 02D

FAN 01C

RFC (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)

FAN 01C

FAN 01C

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet and BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

FAN 01C

FAN 01C

IBC10 and IBC10

FAU03D-02

FAU03D-02

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies. Table 8-38 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

647


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable connects the FAU03D-01 and the CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the FAU03D-01 to the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-41 Exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-39 FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

648


8 Signal Cables

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable The monitoring signal cable for the FAU03D-02 is used for the BBU to monitor the running status of FAU03D-02.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-42 Exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-40 FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs interconnects two FANs.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


649


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-43 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs. Table 8-41 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAU01D-01, and feeds power in to the FAU01D-01.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


650


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-44 Exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) 4-pin connector

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units interconnects two FAN 03B units.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units. Figure 8-45 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units. Table 8-42 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

651


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.7

X2.7

White

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units interconnects two FAN 03C units.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units. Figure 8-46 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units. Table 8-43 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

652


8 Signal Cables

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly The monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly transmits the temperature information in an OMB to the HEUA.

Exterior l

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan. Figure 8-47 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan

(1) 4-pin connector

l

(2) 5-pin connector

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan. Figure 8-48 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan

(1) Round waterproof connector

(2) 4-pin connector

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors A monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor in an RFC, OMB, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, BTS3900AL cabinet, IMS06, APM30 (Ver.D_A1), IBC10, or RFC (Ver.D_A) transfers the temperature information about the cabinet to the monitoring board. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


653


8 Signal Cables

Exterior Figure 8-49, Figure 8-50, and Figure 8-51 show the exteriors of monitoring signal cables for temperature sensors. Figure 8-49 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (1)

(1) Temperature sensor

(2) 4-pin connector

Figure 8-50 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (2)

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) 5-pin connector

Figure 8-51 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (3)

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 5-pin connector

Monitoring Boards The following table lists the monitoring boards to which temperature information is reported.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


654


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-44 Types of monitoring boards Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Figure 8-49

RFC (Ver.B)

CMUA in a FAN 01A

RFC (Ver.C)

CMUE in a FAN 01B

RFC (Ver.D)

CMUEA in a FAN 01C

RFC (Ver.E)

CMUH in a FAN 01D


CMUA on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

CMUE on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

CMUEA on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

CMUH on the front door of an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A)

CCU01D-03 on the front door of an IBBS300D or IBBS300T

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB


CMUF

IMS06

PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02

Storage battery compartment in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet

CMUEA in a FAN 01C

APM30 (Ver.D_A1)

CMUEA

RFC (Ver.D_A)

CMUEA

IBC10

PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02

Figure 8-50

Figure 8-51

8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable A HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable transmits the signals collected by the HAU01A-01 to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CMUEA or CMUF and it has bare wires at both ends, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


655


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-52 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (1)

When the cabinet is used with BTS3900AL (Ver.A) or TP48600A-H17B1, the CCU is required. The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CCU and it has an RJ45 connector at each end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-53 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (2)

(1) RJ45 connectors

Description The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable with an RJ45 connector at each end. Table 8-45 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

The upper-level monitoring board of the HAU01A-01 varies with the cabinet type, as described in the following table. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


656


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-46 Upper-level monitoring boards of the HAU01A-01 Base Station

Cabinet

Upper-level Monitoring Board of the HAU01A-01

BTS3900A(Ver.B)

IBBS700D

CMUEA

IBBS700D

CCU

DBS3900 of which the BBU is installed in an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet BTS3900AL(Ver.A)

8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors A monitoring signal cable for a fan in a front door feeds power into the fan in the front door of an APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IBBS700T. It also reports fan monitoring signals to the monitoring board in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


657


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-54 Exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) Interconnection terminal

(3) 4-pin male connector

(4) 4-pin female connector

(5) 4-pin male connector (one row)

-

Cable Type The following table lists the types of monitoring boards to which monitoring signals are reported. Monitoring cables vary according to boards.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


658


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-47 Cable type Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board to Which Monitoring Signals Are Reported

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B)

CMUA

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C)

CMUE

Illustration 2

APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D)

CMUEA

Illustration 3

BTS3900AL cabinet

CMUF in a front door

Illustration 4

IBBS700T

CMUF in a front door

Description The following table describes monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors. Table 8-48 Monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors Cable

X1 End

X2 End

Color

W1

X1.1

X2.1

Black

W2

X1.2

X2.2

Black

W3

X1.3

X2.3

Black

W4

X1.4

X2.4

Black

8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger The monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger feeds power to the fan on the front door of the BTS3012 AE (Ver.D_Z) and transmits fan monitoring signals to the central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).

Exterior Figure 8-55 shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


659


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-55 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger


(2) RJ45 connector

Description Table 8-49 describes the pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger. Table 8-49 Pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger X1 End

X2/X3 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

Blue

Twisted pair

White

Twisted pair

Orange

Twisted pair

X3.1 X1.2

X2.2 X3.2

X1.3

X2.4 X3.4

X1.4

X2.5 X3.5

8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2 When a site is configured with an IBBS2.2, a TEC alarm transfer cable is used to connect the alarm port on the BBU with the TEC alarm cable.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


660


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-56 Exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 4-pin interconnection terminal

Description The following table describes the TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2. Table 8-50 TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2 RJ45 Connector

4-Pin Interconnection Terminal

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.2

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.3

Green

X1.3

X3.3

White

X1.6

X3.6

Green

Twisted pair

8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors A monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor is used to inform the monitoring board of the door status that is obtained from the door status sensor. Cabinets configured with door status sensors are as follows: APM30H, TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, IBBS20D, IBBS20D, BTS3900AL cabinet, OMB, OMB (Ver.C), IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


661


8 Signal Cables

Exterior There are four types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors, which adapt to different cabinets. Figure 8-57, Figure 8-58, Figure 8-59, Figure 8-60, and Figure 8-61 show their exteriors. Figure 8-57 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (1)

Figure 8-58 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (2)

NOTE

l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to an HPMI. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


662


8 Signal Cables


NOTE

l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a PMU. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of a cable terminal block.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


663


8 Signal Cables


NOTE

l Cable 1 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a CCUB. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of a cable terminal block.


(1) Bare wire

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

(2) 2-pin connector


664


8 Signal Cables

Description In different cabinets, monitoring signal cables for door status sensors are connected to different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect door status information in different cabinets. Table 8-51 Types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Figure 8-57

l RFC (Ver.B)

CMUA

l TMC11H (Ver.B) l IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B) l RFC (Ver.C)

CMUE

l TMC11H (Ver.C) l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C) l RFC (Ver.D)

CMUEA

l TMC11H (Ver.D) l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D) l IBBS700D configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) together l RFC (Ver.E)

CMUH

l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E) TMC11H (Ver.E)

CCUB

IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E) together

CMUF

IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A)

CCU01D-03

OMB

HEUA

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

l BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

CCU

l IBBS700D or IBBS700T configured with a BTS3900AL cabinet together

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Figure 8-58

APM30H (Ver.B) and APM30H (Ver.C)

HPMI

Figure 8-59

APM30H (Ver.D)

PMU 11A

Figure 8-60

APM30H (Ver.E)

CCUB

Figure 8-61

IBBS20D

CMUG


665


8 Signal Cables

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable An electronic label unit (ELU) signal cable transmits the cabinet type to a monitoring board in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU signal cable. Figure 8-62 Exterior of an ELU signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 4-pin connector

Description The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding figure. Table 8-52 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding figure

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 666


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding figure. Table 8-53 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding figure X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.4

X2.2

White

X1.5

X2.3

Blue

X1.3

X2.4

White

Twisted pair

In different cabinets, ELU signal cables are connected to different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards to which ELUs reports information in different cabinets. Table 8-54 Monitoring boards to which ELUs reports information

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Illustration 1


FMUC

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet

FMUE

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet, BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, or IBC10

FMUEA

APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

CMUA

APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

CMUE

APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), or IBBS700D configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) together

CMUEA

APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E)

CCUB


667


8 Signal Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), or IBBS700D configured with an APM30H (Ver.E) together

CMUH

IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E) together

CMUF

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, or IBBS700D or IBBS700T configured with a BTS3900AL cabinet together

CCU

IBBS20D

CMUG

8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor A monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor reports the IBBS door control alarm signals and temperature alarm signals to the base station.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor. Figure 8-63 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor

(1) 4-pin connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

(2) 2-pin connector



668


8 Signal Cables

Description The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor. Table 8-55 Monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor One End of the Wire

The Other End of the Wire

Color

Type

Label

X1.3

X7

White

Twisted pair

TEC Alarm-

X1.2

X8

Blue

X2.1

X9

White

X2.2

X10

Orange

X3

X11

White

X4

X12

Brown

X5

X13

White

X6

X14

Green

TEC Alarm+ Twisted pair

BAT_TEMP Alarm+ BAT_TEMP Alarm-

Twisted pair

SMOKE Alarm + SMOKE Alarm-

Twisted pair

DOOR Alarm DOOR Alarm

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable An EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable transmits signals monitored by the EMUA/EMUB to the BBU. The cables are delivered with EMUA/EMUBs.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


669


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-64 Exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector


Description The following table describes an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-56 EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Port to Which the Monitoring Signals Are Reported

X1.1

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

X2.7

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.4

X2.2

Blue

TXTwisted pair

RXRX+

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable An EMU monitoring signal cable transmits monitoring signals from an EMU to a BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


670


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-65 Exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector


Description The following table describes an EMU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-57 EMU monitoring signal cable Pin on the RJ45 Connector

Pin on the DB9 Male Connector

Color

Type

Label

X1.1

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

X2.7

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.4

X2.2

Blue

TXTwisted pair

RXRX+

8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module A monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module connects the AC surge protection module in the PDU to the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


671


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-66 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module

(1) 2-pin terminal block


8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box An alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box is used in an OMB. The cable transmits the surge protection alarm information for the AC input power to the HEUA.

Exterior The monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection box consists of two wires without any connectors at both ends. The following figure shows the wires. Figure 8-67 Alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box transmits information about the AC surge protection box to the HEUB.

Exterior A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box consists of two wires without any connectors at both ends, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-68 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


672


8 Signal Cables

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable An RRU AISG multi-wire cable connects an RRU and an RCU to transmit RS485 control signals from a base station to an RET antenna. The length of an AISG multi-wire cable is 5 m (16.4 ft). NOTE

An RCU is a driving motor used for the phase shifter in the RET antenna. It receives control commands from a base station and executes the commands to drive the stepper motor. The stepper motor uses a gear to drive the adjustable phase shifter in the antenna and change the downtilt angle.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG multi-wire cable. Figure 8-69 Exterior of an AISG Multi-wire cable

(1) Waterproof DB9 male connector

(2) Standard AISG female connector

Description The following table describes an AISG multi-wire cable. Table 8-58 Description of an AISG multi-wire cable X1 End (Pin of the Waterproof DB9 Male Connector)

X1.1

X2 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Female Connector)

X2.1

Color

White and blue Blue

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Wire

Description

Twisted pair

+12 V

X1.3

X2.3

White and orange

X1.5

X2.5

Orange

X1.4

X2.4

White and green

-

GND

X1.9 and X1.4 are interconnected.

-

-

-

GND


Twisted pair

RS485 B RS485 A

673


8 Signal Cables

X1 End (Pin of the Waterproof DB9 Male Connector)


Color

Wire

Description

-


-

-

+12 V

-


-

-

GND

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable When the distance between an RRU and an RCU is longer than 5 m (16.4 ft), an AISG multiwire cable is not long enough to connect the RRU and the RCU. In this case, an AISG extension cable is used to extend the AISG multi-wire cable for transmitting RS485 signals.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG extension cable. Figure 8-70 Exterior of AISG extension cable

(1) Standard AISG male connector

(2) Standard AISG female connector

Description The following table describes an AISG extension cable. Table 8-59 Description of an AISG Extension cable X1 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Male Connector)


Color

Wire

Description

X1.1

X2.1

White and blue

Twisted pair

+12 V

Blue Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


674


8 Signal Cables

X1 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Male Connector)


Color

Wire

Description

X1.7

X2.7

White and orange

Twisted pair

DC Return A

Twisted pair

RS485 B

Orange X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.5

X2.5

Green

X1.6

X2.6

White and brown

RS485 A Twisted pair

+24 V

Brown

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable A GPS clock signal cable transmits GPS clock signals from the GPS antenna system to the BBU. The cable is used when GPS clock signals serve as the clock reference of the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS clock signal cable. Figure 8-71 Exterior of a GPS clock signal cable

(1) SMA male connector

(2) Type N female connector

8.4.12 GPS Jumper A GPS jumper connects the GPS surge protector to the GPS antenna. The maximum length of a GPS jumper is 100 m (328.08 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS jumper. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


675


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-72 Exterior of a GPS jumper

(1) N50 straight male connector

8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables A BBU interconnection signal cable connects BBU 0 and BBU 1 to forward information between the BBUs.

Cable Type BBU interconnection signal cables are classified into two types based on their functions, as listed in following table. Table 8-60 Cable type Cable

Function


BBU interconnection signal cable

Forwards control and synchronization information from one BBU to another

Interconnects the UMPT to the UCIU, or two UMPTs

Forwards baseband information and transmission data from one BBU to another

Interconnects two WBBPf boards

Exterior BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 10 m (32.81 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


676


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-73 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU (1)

(1) DLC connector

(2) Breakout cable

Figure 8-74 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU (2)

(1) DLC connector

(2) Armored optical cable

(3) Breakout cable

BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs. l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 5 m (16.40 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

Figure 8-75 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs

(1) SFP+ connector

BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs. l

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

677


l

8 Signal Cables

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 5 m (16.40 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

Figure 8-76 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs

(1) QSFP connector

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations When a 3012 series base station and a 3900 series base station are installed side by side, the cable between two combined base stations is used to connect the UCIU in the 3900 series base station and the DCTB or DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.

Exterior There are two types of cables used for connecting two combined base stations. The following figure shows the cable connected to the DCTB in the 3012 series base station. Figure 8-77 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (1)

(1) MD36 male connector


The following figure shows the cable connected to the DGLUb in the 3012 series base station. Figure 8-78 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (2)


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


678


8 Signal Cables

Description As shown in Figure 1, the cable has a DB15 male connector at one end and an MD36 male connector at the other end. The following table describes the cable. Table 8-61 Cable between two combined base stations (1) X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.6

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.7

Blue

X1.3

X2.11

White

X1.4

X2.12

Orange

X1.5

X2.2

White

X1.10

X2.3

Green

X1.6

X2.15

White

X1.11

X2.16

Brown

X1.12

X2.10

White

X1.15

X2.28

Gray

X1.shell

X2.shell

-

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Shield

As shown in Figure 2, the cable has a DB15 male connector at each end. The following table describes the cable. Table 8-62 Cable between two combined base stations (2)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Blue

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Orange

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.10

X2.10

Green

X1.6

X2.6

White

X1.11

X2.11

Brown

X1.12

X2.12

White


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 679


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.15

X2.15

Gray

X1.shell

X2.shell

-

Wire Type

Shield

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance An adapter used for local maintenance connects the USB(1) port on the UMPT to a commissioning Ethernet port during local maintenance. NOTE


Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance. Figure 8-79 Exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance

(1) USB connector

(2) Ethernet connector

Description The following table describes an adapter used for local maintenance. Table 8-63 Adapter used for local maintenance

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Pin of the USB Connector

Pin of the Ethernet Connector

Color

Wire Type

X1.9

X2.1

Blue

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.2

White

X1.6

X2.3

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White


Twisted pair

680


8 Signal Cables

Pin of the USB Connector

Pin of the Ethernet Connector

Color

Wire Type

X1.Shell

X2.Shell

-

Shield

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A GATM monitoring signal cable transmits control signals from the BBU to the GATM. It also transmits monitoring signals from the GATM to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-80 Exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-64 GATM monitoring signal cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown


Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

681


8 Signal Cables

8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the CMUA to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-81 Exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-65 CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the CMUE to the GATM. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


682


8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-82 Exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-66 CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the CMUEA in FAN 03C. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


683


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-83 Exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-67 CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a FAN 01D to a GATM and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the GATM.

Exterior CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


684


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-84 Exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-68 CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUC in FAN. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUC to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


685


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-85 Exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-69 FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUE in FAN 03B. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUE to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


686


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-86 Exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-70 FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable The RET control signal cable is used to connect the GATM and the Bias-Tee, enabling the GATM to supply power to the TMA and to control the RET antenna.

Exterior Figure 8-87 shows the exterior of a RET control signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


687


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-87 Exterior of a RET control signal cable

(1) SMA elbow male connector

(2) SMA straight male connector

8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable An ODM06D surge protection alarm cable transmits information about the surge protector in an ODM06D to a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable. Figure 8-88 Exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


688


9 CPRI Cables

9

CPRI Cables

About This Chapter This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. 9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or between RFUs. 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


689


9 CPRI Cables

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or between RFUs.

Selection Principle The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables. Table 9-1 Principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables RFU CPRI Data Rate(Gbit/s)

CPRI electrical cable type

1.25 or 2.5

SFP high-speed cables

4.9

SFP+ high-speed cables

Exterior The SFP high-speed cable has the same exteriors as the SFP+ high-speed cable. The following figure shows the exterior of a CPRI electrical cable. Figure 9-1 Exterior of a CPRI electrical cable

9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals. A multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU or connects two RRUs. The maximum length of the multimode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU is 150 m (492.12 ft), and the multimode fiber optic cable between two RRUs has a fixed length of 10 m (32.81 ft). The single-mode fiber optic cable can be divided into two types: single-mode fiber optic cable connecting a BBU to an RRU or connecting two RRUs (shortened to directly connected singlemode fiber optic cable) and single-mode fiber optic cable connecting an ODF to a BBU or RRU (shortened to single-mode pigtail). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an ODF and a BBU is 20 m (65.62 ft). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an ODF and an RRU is 70 m (229.66 ft).

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


690


9 CPRI Cables

NOTE

l The ODF is an outdoor transfer box for fiber optic cables, which interconnects the single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable. l The ODF and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are provided by the customer and must comply with the ITU-T G.652 standard. l A multimode fiber optic cable is used together with a multimode optical module, and a single-mode pigtail is used together with a single-mode optical module.

Selection Principle The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 9-2 Principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables Remote Distance

CPRI Data Rate of the Optical Module (Gbit/s)

Selection Principle

Remarks

≤ 100 m (328.08 ft)

2.5 or 4.9

Multimode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU to an RRU.

9.8

Directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

100 m (328.08 ft) < Remote distance ≤ 150 m (492.13 ft)

2.5 or 4.9

Multimode fiber optic cable

9.8

Directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

-

Recommended: singlemode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable)

> 150 m (82.02 ft)

-

Single-mode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk singlemode fiber optic cable)

When it connects two RRUs, the distance between the two RRUs must be less than or equal to 10 m (32.81 ft). Connects a BBU to an RRU.

The single-mode pigtail at the RRU or BBU side is connected to the trunk single-mode fiber optic cable by using an ODF.

Exterior Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable: The cable has a DLC connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


691


9 CPRI Cables

Figure 9-2 Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable

(1) DLC connector

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

NOTE

l When a BBU and an RRU are connected, the breakout cable on the BBU side is 0.34 m (1.12 ft) long, and the breakout cable on the RRU side is 0.03 m (0.098 ft) long. l When two RRUs are connected, the breakout cables on both sides are 0.03 m (0.098 ft) long.

The following figure shows the connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU as an example. Figure 9-3 Connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU

(1) Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU

OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable: The OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an OFD06 and has 12 LC connectors at each end, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


692


9 CPRI Cables

Figure 9-4 OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable

(1) LC connector

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

Single-mode pigtail: The single-mode pigtail has a DLC connector at one end and an FC, LC, or SC connector at the other end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-5 Exterior of a single-mode pigtail

(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout cable

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

(3) Label on the (4) FC connector (5) LC connector (6) SC connector breakout cable


693


9 CPRI Cables

NOTE

l When a single-mode pigtail connects a BBU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF side are 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively. l When a single-mode pigtail connects an RRU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF side are 0.03 m (0.098 ft ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.

The following figure shows the connection of the single-mode pigtail. Figure 9-6 Connection of the single-mode pigtail

(1) Single-mode pigtail between a BBU and an ODF (2) Single-mode pigtail between an RRU and an ODF

Pin Assignment The following table describes the labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable connections. Table 9-3 Labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Label on the Breakout Cable

Installation Position Connection Between a BBU and an RRU or Between an OFD06 and an RRU

Connection Between RRUs

Connection Between a BBU or RRU and an ODF

1A

CPRI RX port on the RRU

CPRI RX port on RRU 1

RX port on the BBU or CPRI RX port on the RRU

1B

CPRI TX port on the RRU

CPRI TX port on RRU 1

TX port on the BBU or CPRI TX port on the RRU


694


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

9 CPRI Cables

Label on the Breakout Cable

Installation Position Connection Between a BBU and an RRU or Between an OFD06 and an RRU

Connection Between RRUs

Connection Between a BBU or RRU and an ODF

2A

OFD06 or TX port on the BBU

CPRI TX port on RRU 0

ODF

2B

OFD06 or RX port on the BBU

CPRI RX port on RRU 0

ODF


695


10 RF Cables

10

RF Cables

About This Chapter This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables. 10.1 RF Jumpers RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-length RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most. 10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the diversity signal.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


696


10 RF Cables

10.1 RF Jumpers RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-length RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.

RRU RF Jumper Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2 show RRU RF jumpers. Figure 10-1 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (1)

(1) DIN straight male connector

Figure 10-2 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (2)

(1) Type N male connector

RFU RF Jumper The following figure shows the exterior of an RFU RF jumper.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


697


10 RF Cables

Figure 10-3 Exterior of an RFU RF jumper

(1) DIN straight male connector

(2) DIN elbow male connector

The following table describes RFU RF jumpers. Table 10-1 Cable description Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Application Scenario

Illustration 1

BTS3900 or BTS3900L

-

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The GATM and Bias-Tee are not configured.

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The GATM and Bias-Tee are configured.

Illustration 2

10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the diversity signal.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


698


10 RF Cables

Figure 10-4 Exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable

(1) QMA elbow male connector

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


699

3900 Series Base Station Cables(V100R009C00_04)(PDF)-En

Recommend Documents